Sunteți pe pagina 1din 276

Romania _Limba 1_cover Ts.

qxp_Layout 1 10/4/17 1:29 PM Page 1

Limba modern 1 Limba englez Clasa a V-a


This is a challenging course for todays learners of English for
Grade 5, L1. The course provides a variety of stimulating
topics and rich texts presented in themed modules. It is
accompanied by a wide range of fully interactive digital Jenny Dooley
components and rich video material closely linked to the
theme of each module. Teachers Book

Teachers Book
Components
Students Book
Workbook
Teachers Book
Class CDs

Jenny Dooley
Digital Book

ISBN 978-1-4715-6676-9

Uniscan Grup Educaional


Romania _Limba 1_cover Ts.qxp_Layout 1 10/4/17 1:29 PM Page 2

Acest manual este proprietatea Ministerului Educaiei Naionale.


Published by Express Publishing
Acest proiect de manual colar este realizat in conformitate cu Programa colar aprobat prin OM Nr. 3393
din 28.02.2017. Liberty House, Greenham Business Park, Newbury,
Berkshire RG19 6HW, United Kingdom
Tel.: (0044) 1635 817 363
Manualul este distribuit elevilor n mod gratuit, att n format tiprit, ct i n format digital, i este
Fax: (0044) 1635 817 463
transmisibil timp de patru ani colari, ncepnd cu anul colar 2017 - 2018.
email: inquiries@expresspublishing.co.uk
www.expresspublishing.co.uk
Inspectoratul colar ..............................................................................................................................................................................
coala / Colegiul / Liceul .....................................................................................................................................................................
Jenny Dooley, 2017

Design and Illustration Express Publishing, 2017


ACEST MANUAL A FOST FOLOSIT:
Colour Illustrations: Angela, Victor, Kyr Express Publishing, 2017
Aspectul manualului*
Numele Music Arrangements by Taz Express Publishing, 2017
Anul Clasa Anul colar format tiprit format digital
elevului
la primire la predare la primire la predare
First published 2017
1
2 Made in EU

3
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any
4 form, or by any means, electronic, photocopying, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publishers.

This book is not meant to be changed in any way.


* Pentru precizarea aspectului manualului se va folosi unul dintre urmtorii termeni: nou, bun, ngrijit, nengrijit,
deteriorat.
ISBN 978-1-4715-6676-9
Cadrele didactice vor verifica dac informaiile nscrise n tabelul de mai sus sunt corecte.
Elevii nu vor face niciun fel de nsemnri pe manual.

Refereni tiinifici:
Prof. gr. 1 Tolea Magdalena Ecaterina
Confereniar limba englez Popescu Liliana

116.111 numrul de telefon european de asisten pentru copii


01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents.qxp_01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents 10/3/17 1:55 PM Page 1

Ministerul Educaiei Naionale

Teachers Book

Jenny Dooley

Uniscan Grup Educaional


01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents.qxp_01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents 10/3/17 1:55 PM Page 2
01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents.qxp_01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents 10/3/17 1:55 PM Page 3

Imnul Romniei
Deteapt-te, romne!
de Andrei Mureanu

Deteapt-te, romne, din somnul cel de moarte,


n care te-adncir barbarii de tirani!
Acum ori niciodat croiete-i alt soarte,
La care s se-nchine i cruzii ti dumani.

Acum ori niciodat s dm dovezi la lume


C-n aste mni mai curge un snge de roman,
i c-n a noastre piepturi pstrm cu fal-un nume
Triumftor n lupte, un nume de Traian!

......................................

Privii, mree umbre, Mihai, tefan, Corvine,


Romna naiune, ai votri strnepoi,
Cu braele armate, cu focul vostru-n vine,
"Viaa-n libertate ori moarte!" strig toi.

......................................

Preoi, cu crucea-n frunte cci oastea e cretin,


Deviza-i libertate i scopul ei preasfnt.
Murim mai bine-n lupt, cu glorie deplin,
Dect s fim sclavi iari n vechiul nost pmnt!

three 3
01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents.qxp_01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents 10/3/17 1:55 PM Page 4

Guide - How to use the course


Instruciuni de utilizare a manualului

+
Printed book Digital app
Varianta tiprit Varianta digital

The course consists of the printed book and the digital application that contains all the lessons in
the printed book and variety of interactive, static & animation/video activities.
Manualul este compus din varianta tiprit i varianta digital. Manualul digital conine toate
leciile din manualul tiprit avnd n plus activiti interactive, statice i animate.

Symbols:
Simboluri:
listening activities animation/video activities static activities interactive activities
audio activiti animate/video activiti statice activiti interactive
4 four
01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents.qxp_01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents 10/3/17 1:55 PM Page 5

Structure of a module
Structura unui modul
variety of
reading tasks
activiti de
citire presentation of new
words through pictures
prezentarea cuvintelor
noi prin imagini
Culture sections
to promote
cultural listening activities
individuality activiti de ascultare
Seciuni cu
informaii
culturale realistic writing tasks
activiti de scriere

creativity project work


speaking activities creativitate
activiti de vorbire proiect

Everyday situational dialogues


Dialoguri uzuale

pronunciation sections Presentation


Pronunie skills sections
Abiliti de
prezentare

CLIL Cross Curricular links


Interdisciplinaritate
Evaluation
Evaluare

Symbols: Video
Simboluri:
listening monologue pairwork group work ICT research animation/video
audio monolog lucru in perechi lucru in grup cutare pe internet animaii/video
five 5
01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents.qxp_01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents 10/3/17 1:55 PM Page 6

Cuprins
MODULES Competences
Welcome back! 2.2 Use simple everyday phrases to take part in social interactions
pp. 8-17

Hello! 1.1 Identify the general meaning of clearly-spoken everyday dialogues and messages
1.2 Identify the significance/meaning of clearly-spoken dialogues/monologues
pp. 18-31 2.1 Present a person/character
Progress Check 1 2.2 Use simple everyday phrases to take part in social interactions
pp. 32-33 2.4 Take part in dialogues
3.2 Extract information from a short illustrated text
3.4 Explore texts giving guidance or instruction
4.1 Write short simple messages

Family Ties 1.1 Identify the general meaning of clearly-spoken everyday dialogues and messages
1.3 Explore cultural elements of the English-speaking world
pp. 34-47 2.1 Present a person/character
Progress Check 2 2.2 Use simple everyday phrases to take part in social interactions
pp. 48-49 2.4 Take part in dialogues
3.2 Extract information from a short illustrated text
3.4 Explore texts giving guidance or instruction
4.2 Describe aspects of everyday life (people, places, school, family, hobbies)
4.3 Exchange short written messages

Home, ... sweet 1.1 Identify the general meaning of clearly-spoken everyday dialogues and messages
2.2 Use simple everyday phrases to take part in social interactions
home 2.4 Take part in dialogues
pp. 50-63 3.1 Understand signs and other public notices
Progress Check 3 3.2 Extract information from a short illustrated text
pp. 64-65 3.3 Understand simple informal text messages
3.4 Explore texts giving guidance or instruction
4.1 Write short simple messages

Every day 1.2 Identify the significance/meaning of clearly-spoken dialogues/monologues


2.1 Present a person/character
pp. 66-79 2.2 Use simple everyday phrases to take part in social interactions
Progress Check 4 2.3 Express preferences
pp. 80-81 3.2 Extract information from a short illustrated text
4.1 Write short simple messages

All about food 1.1 Identify the general meaning of clearly-spoken everyday dialogues and messages
2.2 Use simple everyday phrases to take part in social interactions
pp. 82-95 2.3 Express preferences
Progress Check 5 2.4 Take part in dialogues
pp. 96-97 3.1 Understand signs and other public notices
3.2 Extract information from a short illustrated text
3.4 Explore texts giving guidance or instruction
4.1 Write short simple messages
4.3 Exchange short written messages

Lets have fun! 1.1 Identify the general meaning of clearly-spoken everyday dialogues and messages
1.2 Identify the significance/meaning of clearly-spoken dialogues/monologues
pp. 98-111 1.3 Explore cultural elements of the English-speaking world
Progress Check 6 2.3 Express preferences
pp. 112-113 2.4 Take part in dialogues
3.2 Extract information from a short illustrated text
3.3 Understand simple informal text messages
3.4 Explore texts giving guidance or instruction
4.1 Write short simple messages
World Tales 2.4 Take part in dialogues
pp. 114-117 3.2 Extract information from a short illustrated text
6 six
Evaluation pp. 118-120 Evaluation Key p. EK1 Students Book Audioscripts pp. SA1-SA4
01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents.qxp_01 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Contents 10/3/17 1:55 PM Page 7

Competene
2.2 Stabilirea de contacte sociale pe baza unor formule conversaionale simple

Culture Spot (UK)


1.1 Identificarea sensului global al unor mesaje i dialoguri uzuale, clar articulate MODULE 1 Landmarks p. 29
1.2. Identificarea semnificaiei unor schimburi verbale uzuale i clar articulate, n situaia n care
interlocutorul ofer ajutor pentru a facilita nelegerea MODULE 2 Superheroes p. 44
2.1. Prezentarea simpl a unei persoane / a unui personaj MODULE 3 Official residence p. 61
2.2. Stabilirea de contacte sociale pe baza unor formule conversaionale simple MODULE 4 National sport p. 76
2.4. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru participarea la dialog
MODULE 5 National dish p. 92
3.2. Extragerea informaiilor dintr-un text scurt, nsoit de ilustraii
3.4. Manifestarea curiozitii pentru lectura de orientare MODULE 6 Famous writer p. 109
4.1. Redactarea de mesaje simple i scurte
CLIL
1.1 Identificarea sensului global al unor mesaje i dialoguri uzuale, clar articulate
1.3. Manifestarea curiozitii fa de unele elemente specifice spaiului cultural al limbii studiate MODULE 1 (Geography):
2.1. Prezentarea simpl a unei persoane / a unui personaj The United Kingdom p. 30
2.2. Stabilirea de contacte sociale pe baza unor formule conversaionale simple MODULE 2 (Science): Animals p. 46
2.4. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru participarea la dialog MODULE 3 (Maths): Draw a Map to
3.2. Extragerea informaiilor dintr-un text scurt, nsoit de ilustraii Scale p. 62
3.4. Manifestarea curiozitii pentru lectura de orientare
4.2. Descrierea unor aspecte ale vieii cotidiene (oameni, locuri, coal, familie, hobby-uri), folosind MODULE 4 (Citizenship): School Rules p. 78
propoziii scurte MODULE 5 (Food Technology):
4.3. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru schimbul de mesaje scrise simple The Eatwell Guide p. 94
MODULE 6 (ICT): How to print a lot
1.1 Identificarea sensului global al unor mesaje i dialoguri uzuale, clar articulate
of photos from an email
2.2. Stabilirea de contacte sociale pe baza unor formule conversaionale simple p. 110
at once
2.4. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru participarea la dialog
3.1. Identificarea informaiilor din panouri i semne aflate n locuri publice pentru facilitarea orientrii
3.2. Extragerea informaiilor dintr-un text scurt, nsoit de ilustraii Projects
3.3. Identificarea informaiilor din mesaje scrise simple de la prieteni sau de la colegi MODULE 1 Map of Romania (poster) p. 31
3.4. Manifestarea curiozitii pentru lectura de orientare
4.1. Redactarea de mesaje simple i scurte MODULE 2 A family tree p. 47
MODULE 3 Your dream house p. 63
1.2 Identificarea semnificaiei unor schimburi verbale uzuale i clar articulate, n situaia n care MODULE 4 A famous sportsperson p. 79
interlocutorul ofer ajutor pentru a facilita nelegerea
MODULE 5 Healthy/Unhealthy eating
2.1. Prezentarea simpl a unei persoane / a unui personaj
habits p. 95
2.2. Stabilirea de contacte sociale pe baza unor formule conversaionale simple
2.3. Exprimarea preferinelor MODULE 6 Celebrations in Romania
3.2. Extragerea informaiilor dintr-un text scurt, nsoit de ilustraii (poster) p. 111
4.1. Redactarea de mesaje simple i scurte
1.1 Identificarea sensului global al unor mesaje i dialoguri uzuale, clar articulate Presentation Skills
2.2. Stabilirea de contacte sociale pe baza unor formule conversaionale simple MODULE 1 Landmarks in Romania p. 31
2.3. Exprimarea preferinelor MODULE 2 A family p. 47
2.4. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru participarea la dialog
3.1. Identificarea informaiilor din panouri i semne aflate n locuri publice pentru facilitarea orientrii MODULE 3 Your dream house p. 63
3.2. Extragerea informaiilor dintr-un text scurt, nsoit de ilustraii MODULE 4 A famous sportsperson p. 79
3.4. Manifestarea curiozitii pentru lectura de orientare MODULE 5 Healthy/Unhealthy
4.1. Redactarea de mesaje simple i scurte eating habits p. 95
4.3. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru schimbul de mesaje scrise simple
MODULE 6 Annual celebrations p. 111
1.1 Identificarea sensului global al unor mesaje i dialoguri uzuale, clar articulate
2.2. Stabilirea de contacte sociale pe baza unor formule conversaionale simple Values
2.3. Exprimarea preferinelor
2.4. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru participarea la dialog
MODULE 1 National pride p. 31
3.1. Identificarea informaiilor din panouri i semne aflate n locuri publice pentru facilitarea orientrii MODULE 2 Family p. 47
3.2. Extragerea informaiilor dintr-un text scurt, nsoit de ilustraii MODULE 3 Home p. 63
3.4. Manifestarea curiozitii pentru lectura de orientare MODULE 4 Happy days p. 79
4.1. Redactarea de mesaje simple i scurte
4.3. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru schimbul de mesaje scrise simple MODULE 5 Healthy eating habits p. 95
MODULE 6 Celebrations p. 111
2.4. Manifestarea disponibilitii pentru participarea la dialog
3.2. Extragerea informaiilor dintr-un text scurt, nsoit de ilustraii
seven 7
Evaluations pp. E1-E13 WORKBOOK KEY pp. WK1-WK8
02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro.qxp_02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro 10/3/17 1:59 PM Page 8

Introduction to the Teacher


This course is a modular course for learners studying includes the monologues/dialogues and texts in the
English for Grade 5, L1. It allows flexibility of approach Listening and Reading sections as well as the
which makes it suitable for classes of all kinds, Pronunciation/Intonation section and songs in the
including large or mixed ability classes. Workbook.

The course consists of six modules. Each module Digital Book


consists of six lessons plus CLIL sections, Project Time, The Digital Book contains all the material in the
Presentation Skills & Values. The corresponding Students Book, Teachers Book and Audio CDs and
module in the Workbook provides the option of aims to facilitate lessons in the classroom. It also
additional practice. contains grammar presentation of all the grammar
structures in the Students Book as well as videos
Course Components tightly linked to the texts in the course and activities
Students Book for Ss to further practise their English and expand their
knowledge.
The Students Book is the main component of the
course. Each module is based on specific themes
ELEMENTS OF THE COURSEBOOK
and the topics covered are of general interest. All
modules follow the same basic structure. (see Each module begins with a modular spread that
Elements of the Coursebook) contains: a brief overview of what will be covered in
the module, pictures and words/phrases related to the
Workbook theme of the module, and exercises to practise the
vocabulary presented.
The Workbook is in full colour and contains modules
corresponding to those in the Students Book
Each module contains the following sections:
containing practice in Vocabulary, Grammar,
Everyday English & Reading. A Fun Time section Vocabulary
appears at the end of the Workbook and reviews the Vocabulary is introduced in a functional and
module in a fun way. It includes board games and meaningful context. It is practised through a variety of
quizzes that revise information presented in the exercises such as picture-word association and
module and act as a sample for students to prepare completing set phrases in order to help students use
similar quizzes of their own. It also has songs that are everyday English correctly.
connected to the themes of the modules. Listening to
lively, high quality songs is a humanistic activity which Reading
lowers the students affective filters and allows them to Each module contains reading texts, such as:
absorb language more easily. dialogues, articles, blog entries, postcards, emails etc.
These allow skills, such as reading for gist and reading
Teachers Book for specific information, to be systematically practised.
The Teachers Book contains step-by-step lesson
plans and suggestions on how to present the Grammar
material. It also includes answers to the exercises in The grammar items taught in each module are first
the Students Book and the Workbook, the presented in context, then highlighted and clarified
audioscripts of all the listening material, suggested by means of clear, concise theory boxes. Specific
speaking and writing models as well as evaluation exercises and activities methodically reinforce
sheets. students understanding and mastery of each item.

Class Audio CDs Listening


The Class Audio CDs contain all the recorded Students develop their listening skills through a variety
material which accompanies the course. This of tasks which employ the vocabulary and grammar

i
02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro.qxp_02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro 10/3/17 1:59 PM Page 9

practised in the module in realistic contexts. This in the module. A Competences marking scheme at
reinforces students understanding of the language the end of every Progress Check section allows
taught in the module. students to evaluate their own progress and identify
their strengths and weaknesses.
Speaking
Controlled speaking activities have been carefully World Tales
designed to allow students guided practice before This section appears at the end of the book and
leading them to less structured speaking activities. contains short illustrated literature extracts. Ss are
given the chance to take part in dialogues and
Everyday English comprehend key information.
Functional dialogues set in everyday contexts familiarise
students with natural language. The dialogues also Evaluation
present useful expressions so that students can practise There is an Evaluation section for every two modules
everyday English. for Ss to revise vocabulary, grammar and functional
language taught. This section is found at the end of
Pronunciation the book and can be used upon completion of the
Pronunciation activities help students to recognise the respective modules.
various sounds of the English language, distinguish
between them and reproduce them correctly. Suggested teaching techniques
A Presenting new vocabulary
Writing
Much of the new vocabulary in the course is
There are writing activities throughout the modules,
presented through pictures. Ss are asked to match
based on realistic types and styles of writing, such as
the pictures to listed words/phrases. (See Students
letters, notes, postcards and emails. This progress from
Book, Module 2, p.40, Ex.2.)
short sentences to paragraphs and finally to full texts,
allows students to gradually build up their writing Further techniques that you may use to introduce
skills. new vocabulary include:
Miming. Mime the word you want to introduce.
Across Cultures/CLIL For instance, to present the verb sing, pretend you
Each unit is accompanied by an Across Cultures/CLIL are singing and ask Ss to guess the meaning of
section. the word.
In each Across Cultures section, Ss are provided Synonyms, opposites, paraphrasing, and giving
with cultural information about aspects of English definitions. Examples:
speaking countries that are thematically linked present the word strong by giving a synonym:
to the unit. Ss are given the chance to process powerful.
the information they have learnt and compare it present the word strong by giving its opposite:
to the culture of their own country. weak.
Each CLIL section enables Ss to link the themes of present the word weekend by paraphrasing it:
the unit to a subject from their school curriculum, Saturday and Sunday.
thus helping them contextualise the language present the word famous by giving its
they have learnt by relating it to their own personal definition: very well-known (person or thing).
frame of reference. Lively and creative tasks Example. Use of examples places vocabulary into
stimulate Ss and allow them to consolidate the context and consequently makes understanding
language they have learnt throughout the unit. easier. For instance, introduce the words city and
town by referring to a city and a town in the Ss
Progress Check country: Rome is a city, but Parma is a town.
This section appears at the end of each module, and
reinforces students understanding of the topics,
vocabulary and structures that have been presented
ii
02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro.qxp_02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro 10/3/17 1:59 PM Page 10

Sketching. Draw a simple sketch of the word or dealt with. (See Students Book, Module 3, p. 52,
words you want to explain on the board. For Ex. 2. Tell Ss that in order to complete this task
instance: successfully, they do not need to understand
every single detail in the dialogue/text.)
Reading for detail. Ask Ss to read for specific
tall information. (See Students Book, Module 3, p. 52,
short Ex. 3. Ss will have to read the text in order to do
the task. They are looking for specific details in the
text and not for general information.)

Use of L1. In a monolingual class, you may Note: VIDEOS


explain vocabulary in the Ss native language. Main texts in the Students Book are accompanied by
This method, though, should be employed in videos that are included in the Digi material. The
moderation. videos can be watched after Ss have read the text.
Use of a Dictionary. In a multilingual class, Ss Activities that accompany the videos can be done in
may occasionally refer to a bilingual dictionary. class or assigned as HW.

The choice of technique depends on the type of word D Speaking


or expression. For example, you may find it easier to
Speaking activities are initially controlled,
describe an action verb through miming than through
allowing for guided practice. (See Students Book,
a synonym or a definition.
Module 1, p. 19, Ex. 3 where Ss use the same
structures to act out a dialogue.)
Note: sections can be treated as follows: Go Ss are led to free speaking activities. (See Students
through the list of words after Ss have read the text Book, Module 2, p. 40 Ex.3 where Ss are provided
and ask Ss to explain the words using the context with the necessary lexical items and structures and
they appear in. Ss can give examples, mime/draw are asked to make descriptions of themselves and
the meaning, or look up the meaning in their of a family member.)
dictionaries.
E Writing
All writing tasks in the course have been carefully
B Choral & individual repetition
designed to closely guide Ss to produce a successful
Repetition will ensure that Ss are thoroughly familiar piece of writing. They are all further analysed in an
with the sound and pronunciation of the lexical items extra writing section at the back of the book with
and structures being taught and confident in their model texts and exercises that aim to help students
ability to reproduce them. improve their writing skills.
Always ask Ss to repeat chorally before you ask them to
repeat individually. Repeating chorally will help Ss feel Make sure that Ss understand that they are writing
confident enough to then perform the task on their own. for a purpose. Go through the writing task so that
Ss are fully aware of why they are writing and who
C Listening & Reading they are writing to. (See Students Book, Module 3,
p. 53, Ex. 8. Ss are asked to write an email to their
You may ask Ss to read and listen for a variety of
English-speaking friend.)
purposes:
Listening for detail. Ss listen for specific information. It would be well-advised to actually complete the
task orally in class before assigning it as written
(See Students Book, Module 3, p. 61, Ex. 7)
homework. Ss will then feel more confident with
Listening and reading for gist. Ask Ss to read or
producing a complete piece of writing on their
listen to get the gist of the dialogue or text being
own.

iii
02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro.qxp_02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro 10/3/17 1:59 PM Page 11

F Assigning homework H Class organisation


When assigning writing tasks, prepare Ss as well as Open pairs
possible in advance. This will help them avoid errors The class focuses its attention on two Ss doing the
and get maximum benefit from the task. set task together. Use this technique when you
want your Ss to offer an example of how a task is
Commonly assigned tasks include: done. (See Ex. 7 on p. 59 of the Students Book.)
Copy Ss copy an assigned extract;
Dictation Ss learn the spelling of particular words Closed pairs
without memorising the text in which they appear; Pairs of Ss work together on a task or activity while
Vocabulary Ss memorise the meaning of words and you move around offering assistance and
phrases or use the new words in sentences of their suggestions. Explain the task clearly before
own; beginning closed pairwork. (See Ex. 2 on p. 73 of
Reading Aloud Assisted by the Digital Book, Ss the Students Book)
practise at home in preparation for reading aloud in
class; Stages of pairwork
Writing After thorough preparation in class, Ss are Put Ss in pairs.
asked to produce a complete piece of writing. Explain the task and set a time limit.
Rehearse the task in open pairs.
G Correcting students work In closed pairs, get Ss to do the task.
All learners make errors it is part of the learning Go around the class and help Ss.
process. The way you deal with errors depends on Open pairs report back to the class.
what the Ss are doing.
Group work
Oral accuracy work: Groups of three or more Ss work together on a
Correct Ss on the spot, either by providing the task or activity. Class projects or role play are
correct answer and allowing them to repeat, or by most easily done in groups. Again, give Ss a solid
indicating the error but allowing Ss to correct it. understanding of the task in advance.
Alternatively, indicate the error and ask other Ss to
provide the answer. Rolling questions
Ask Ss one after the other to ask and answer
Oral fluency work: questions based on the texts.
Allow Ss to finish the task without interrupting, but
make a note of the errors made and correct I Using L1 in class
them afterwards.
Use L1 in moderation and only when necessary.
Written work: Abbreviations
Do not over-correct; focus on errors that are Abbreviations used in the Students/Teachers Books
directly relevant to the point of the exercise. When
giving feedback, you may write the most common T Teacher p(p). Page(s)
errors on the board and get the class to attempt S(s) Student(s) e.g. For example
to correct them. HW Homework i.e. That is
L1 Students native etc. Et cetera
Remember that rewarding good work and praising Ss language sb Somebody
is of great importance. Post good written work on a Ex(s). Exercise(s) sth Something
display board in your classroom or school, or give
reward stickers. Praise effort as well as success.

iv
02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro.qxp_02 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Intro 10/3/17 1:59 PM Page 12

Key to symbols used in the Students/Teachers Books ICT research


audio
sections to help Ss develop critical
monologue thinking skills

pairwork games

groupwork
projects
words to be explained using the context
each appears in
animation/video
Note
grammar explanations or Video
vocabulary items

Grammar grammar explanations


short texts to familiarise Ss with the culture of
the English-speaking countries, and
Culture Spot develop cross-cultural awareness
Vocabulary vocabulary items
sections to help Ss develop critical
VALUES thinking skills & values
Language Awareness language explanations
CLIL Sections that link the themes of the unit to a
subject from the school curriculum
Punctuation Time punctuation explanations

? Word question words

v
03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages.qxp_03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages 10/3/17 2:01 PM Page 13

Module
objectives

13
03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages.qxp_03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages 10/3/17 2:01 PM Page 14

Module 1 Hello!
Topic 1e Grammar 26-27
In this module, Ss will explore the topics of countries & Lesson Objectives: To learn the verb to be (negative,
nationalities, places in a country, seasons & months interrogative & short answers)
and ordinal numbers & dates.
1f Across Cultures 28-29
Module page 18-19
Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read
Lesson Objectives: To get an overview of the module, for specific information, to answer comprehension
to learn countries & nationalities questions, to talk about landmarks, to listen for
Vocabulary: Countries & Nationalities (Canada, the specific information, to learn about capital letters, to
USA, Brazil, Ireland, the UK, Romania, China, Portugal, write a blog entry about a landmark; to prepare a
South Africa, Mozambique, India, Australia, New poster
Zealand - Canadian, British, Australian, South African, Vocabulary: Nouns (home, tower, bell, view, floor);
Portuguese, American, Indian, New Zealander, Irish, Adjective (glass)
Brazilian, Chinese, Mozambican, Romanian)
CLIL 1 (Geography) 30
1a Reading 20-21 Lesson Objectives: To learn about the UK, to present a
Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read country of the UK
for specific information, to learn places in a country, to Vocabulary: Nouns (island, monument, stadium,
listen for specific information, to write profiles, to bridge, wall)
present yourself and your e-friend
Vocabulary: Places in a country (capital city, town, Flash Time 1 31
city, village); Noun (friend); Adjectives (beautiful, close Lesson Objectives: To draw a map, to write about
to); Adverb (near) famous landmarks, to present landmarks, to present
flags, to learn a value (national pride)
1b Grammar 22-23
Lesson Objectives: To learn possessive adjectives, Progress Check 1 32-33
make a poster Lesson Objectives: To read for specific information, to
Vocabulary: My things (schoolbag, bicycle, dog, hat, test/consolidate vocabulary and grammar learnt
ball) throughout the module, to practise everyday English,
to listen for specific information, to write an email
1c Vocabulary 24
Lesson Objectives: To learn seasons & months, to
learn ordinal numbers & dates, to learn question
words (how old, when)
Vocabulary: Seasons & Months (spring, summer,
autumn, winter - January, February, March, April, May,
June, July, August, September, October, November,
December)

1d Everyday English 25
Lesson Objectives: To ask & give personal information,
to learn a question word (where), to act out a
dialogue, to learn intonation in wh-questions

vi
03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages.qxp_03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages 10/3/17 2:01 PM Page 15

Family ties Module 2


Topic 2e Grammar 42-43
In this module, Ss will explore the topics of family Lesson Objectives: To learn have got (interrogative &
members & pets, appearance/personality and short answers), to learn plurals (regular & irregular)
activities/hobbies.
2f Across Cultures 44-45
Module page 34-35
Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read
Lesson Objectives: To get an overview of the module, for specific information, to present a superhero, to
to learn family members & pets learn activities & hobbies, to learn can (affirmative,
Vocabulary: Family members (mum [mother], dad negative, interrogative & short answers), to listen for
[father], parents, brother, sister, husband, wife, aunt, specific information, to make a poster, to create
uncle, granddad [grandfather], grandma superheroes
[grandmother], cousin); Pets (goldfish, rabbit, dog, Vocabulary: Activities & hobbies (sing, jump, dance,
cat, parrot) swim, ride a bike, cook, surf, draw, play football, play
the guitar); Nouns (outfit, beginner); Adjectives
2a Reading 36-37 (strong, brave)
Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read
for specific information, to present the British Royal
CLIL 2 (Science) 46
Family, to listen for specific information, to write about Lesson Objectives: To read for specific information, to
your family, to prepare a quiz present a type of animal, to create a poster
Vocabulary: Dogs (Jack Russell, English Spaniel, Vocabulary: Nouns (fur, fin, scale, skin); Adjective
Corgi); Nouns (Head of State); Adjectives (royal, (smooth)
good-looking)
Flash Time 2 47
2b Grammar 38-39 Lesson Objectives: To create a family tree, to present
Lesson Objectives: To learn have got (affirmative & a family tree, to draw a family tree, to learn about
negative), to learn the possessive case (s/s of the), values (family)
to learn the question word whose
Progress Check 2 48-49
2c Vocabulary 40 Lesson Objectives: To test/consolidate vocabulary
Lesson Objectives: To learn physical appearance & and grammar learnt throughout the module, to
personality adjectives, to describe yourself and a practise everyday English, to read for specific
family member information, to listen for specific information, to write
Vocabulary: Physical appearance (thin, plump, short, an email
tall, young, old); Personality (clever, polite, funny, kind,
friendly)

2d Everyday English 41
Lesson Objectives: To practise describing a family
member, to read for specific information, to role play a
dialogue, to pronounce //, /t/

vii
03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages.qxp_03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages 10/3/17 2:01 PM Page 16

Module 3 Home, sweet home


Topic 3e Grammar 58-59
In this module, Ss will explore the topics of rooms in a Lesson Objectives: To learn a/an some any, to
house, furniture & appliances, public places near my learn there is there are (interrogative), to talk about
house and signs in public places. a room
Module page 50-51 3f Across Cultures 60-61
Lesson Objectives: To get an overview of the module, Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read
to learn rooms/places in a house, to learn furniture & for specific information, to answer comprehension
appliances questions, to present English homes, to prepare a
Vocabulary: Rooms/places of a house (childs poster, to listen for specific information, to learn
bedroom, kitchen, bathroom, parents bedroom, living punctuation (commas), to write a short message
room); Furniture & Appliances (curtains, pillows, bed, Vocabulary: Nouns (countryside, driveway, suburb,
toilet, bath, washbasin, wardrobe, carpet, desk, row, yard, floor)
cupboards, sink, cooker, fridge, table, chairs, sofa,
coffee table, lamp, armchair, bookcase) CLIL 3 (Maths) 62
Lesson Objectives: To read for cohesion and
3a Reading 52-53 coherence, to read for specific information, to draw a
Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read scaled map
for specific information, to present adjectives, to learn Vocabulary: Verb (measure); Nouns (scale,
parts of a house, to compare houses, to write an relationship, size, step, distance, measurement)
email about your house
Vocabulary: Parts of a house (wall, window, balcony, Flash Time 3 63
door, garden); Nouns (street, floor, footballer, wall); Lesson Objectives: To describe a house, to create a
Adjective (quiet) dream house, to present your dream house, to learn
about values (home)
3b Grammar 54-55
Lesson Objectives: To learn there is there are Progress Check 3 64-65
(affirmative & negative), this/these that/those, to Lesson Objectives: To test/consolidate vocabulary
learn prepositions of place, to write a short blog post and grammar learnt throughout the module, to
practise everyday English, to read for specific
3c Vocabulary 56 information, to listen for specific information, to write
Lesson Objectives: To learn public places near my an email
house, to talk about public places near my house, to
learn signs
Vocabulary: Public places (cinema, park, hospital,
library, gym, supermarket)

3d Everyday English 57
Lesson Objectives: To describe your home, to
complete a dialogue, to act out a dialogue, to role
play a dialogue, to pronounce /:/, /:/

viii
03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages.qxp_03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages 10/3/17 2:01 PM Page 17

Every day Module 4


Topic 4e Grammar 74-75
In this module, Ss will explore the topics of daily Lesson Objectives: To learn adverbs of frequency, to
routine, free-time activities, sports and school rules. learn the present simple (interrogative & short
Module page 66-67 answers)

Lesson Objectives: To get an overview of the module,


4f Across Cultures 76-77
to learn daily routine/free-time activities Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read
Vocabulary: Daily routine/Free-time activities (get up, for specific information, to answer comprehension
take a shower, have breakfast, brush my teeth, walk to questions, to learn sports, to talk about Gareth Bale, to
school, have lunch, finish school, come back home, listen for specific information, to write an e-message
do my homework, go to football practice, have dinner, about your daily routine
watch TV, chat online, play video games, go to bed) Vocabulary: Nouns (training, field, charity); Adverb
(twice)
4a Reading 68-69
Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read
CLIL 4 (Citizenship) 78
for specific information, to answer comprehension Lesson Objectives: To read for specific information, to
questions, to listen for specific information, to talk talk and write about school rules
about a school timetable Vocabulary: Verbs (cheat, bully); Noun (rule)
Vocabulary: Nouns (uniform, backpack, registration,
lunch, canteen, team); Adjective (packed); Phrase Flash Time 4 79
(hot school dinner) Lesson Objectives: To present a sportsperson, to learn
about values (happy days)
4b Grammar 70-71
Lesson Objectives: To learn the present simple Progress Check 4 80-81
(affirmative and negative), to learn prepositions of Lesson Objectives: To read for specific information, to
time test/consolidate vocabulary and grammar learnt
throughout the module, to practise everyday English,
4c Vocabulary 72 to listen for specific information, to write an email
Lesson Objectives: To learn and talk about free-time
activities
Vocabulary: Free-time activities (listen to music, do
puzzles online, chat online, hang out with friends, play
board games, do jigsaw puzzles, go to the theatre, go
bowling, watch a film, go skateboarding, go to the
mall, go to an amusement park)

4d Everyday English 73
Lesson Objectives: To ask for/give directions, to act
out a dialogue, to pronounce //, //

ix
03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages.qxp_03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages 10/3/17 2:01 PM Page 18

Module 5 All about food


Topic 5e Grammar 90-91
In this module, Ss will explore the topics of food & Lesson Objectives: To learn quantifiers, to learn can/
drinks, food preparation, cooking tools and shopping. cant may/may not
Module page 82-83 5f Across Cultures 92-93
Lesson Objectives: To get an overview of the module, to Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read
learn food & drinks, to express likes/dislikes - preferences for specific information, to talk about street food, to
Vocabulary: Food & drinks (biscuits, pasta, fruit juice, listen for specific information, to write a blog entry
meat, cucumbers, strawberries, salt, lettuce, tomatoes, about street food
potatoes, carrots, onions, apples, oranges, rice, cereal, Vocabulary: Nouns (vendor, cod, haddock, batter, carts,
flour, bread, coffee, tea, sugar, pepper, crisps, yoghurt, bun [hot dog], customer, relish); Adjective (hungry)
milk, butter, cheese, fish, chicken, eggs)
CLIL 5 (Food Technology) 94
5a Reading 84-85 Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for specific
Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read information, to talk and write about the Eatwell Guide
for specific information, to learn greetings, to write an Vocabulary: Nouns (spread, energy, vitamin, calorie,
invitation fat, protein, calcium)
Vocabulary: Celebrations (Christmas, Halloween, Good
Friday, Bonfire Night/Guy Fawkes Night, New Year, April Flash Time 5 95
Fools Day, Valentines Day, Easter); Greetings (Wishing Lesson Objectives: To create a poster, to prepare a
you a very happy April Fools Day, Hope this year all your quiz, to present healthy/unhealthy eating habits, to
dreams come true. Thinking of you. Have a wonderful learn about values (healthy eating habits)
Easter); Verb (protect); Nouns (raisin, nut, cherry, custard,
coin, luck, bread rolls, stick) Progress Check 5 96-97
Lesson Objectives: To read for specific information, to
5b Grammar 86-87
test/consolidate vocabulary and grammar learnt
Lesson Objectives: To learn a/an some/any, to throughout the module, to practise everyday English,
learn partitives to listen for specific information, to write an e-message

5c Vocabulary 88
Lesson Objectives: To learn verbs relating to food
preparation, to learn cooking tools, to talk about
cooking tools
Vocabulary: Food preparation (slice, peel, grate, add,
mix, chop, beat); Cooking tools (knife, spoon, whisk,
grater, saucepan, cake tin, frying pan, bowl)

5d Everyday English 89
Lesson Objectives: To give instructions, to act out a
dialogue, to learn how much/how many, to learn
word stress
Vocabulary: Verb (bake); Adjective (simple)

x
03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages.qxp_03 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts ModPages 10/3/17 2:01 PM Page 19

Lets have fun! Module 6


Topic 6e Grammar 106-107
In this module, Ss will explore the topics of free- Lesson Objectives: To learn the present continuous
time/outdoor activities, the weather, clothes/ (interrogative & short answers), to learn object
accessories/footwear, shopping and books. personal pronouns/possessive pronouns
Module page 98-99 6f Across Cultures 108-109
Lesson Objectives: To get an overview of the module, Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for gist, to read
to learn free-time/outdoor activities for key information, to present Narnia, to learn types of
Vocabulary: Free-time/outdoor activities (make a books, to talk about types of books, to listen for key
snowman, play sports, go shopping, visit museums/ information, to write a thank-you message
tourist attractions, go sightseeing, go camping, go to Vocabulary: Types of books (action & adventure,
the beach, ride a bike, have a picnic, go skiing, have fairytales, science fiction, biographies, mystery &
a barbecue, visit a market, read a book) suspense, horror, articles in newspapers/magazines,
fables, legends); Verbs (escape, fight); Nouns (setting,
6a Reading 100-101 knight, sword, soldier, army, general, enemy); Adjectives
Lesson Objectives: To read for gist, to read for specific (best-selling, wise, furry); Phrase (loyal follower)
information, to learn the weather, to talk about the
weather, to talk about festivals, to write an instant
CLIL 6 (ICT) 110
message about a festival Lesson Objectives: To listen and read for order of
Vocabulary: Verb (celebrate); Phrasal verb (dress events, to explain how to print a lot of photos from an
up); Nouns (parade, fireworks, folk music, symbol); email at once, to print a lot of photos from an email
Adjective (traditional); Phrase (hang flags) at once, to create a poster
Vocabulary: Verbs (send, print, follow, right-click, copy,
6b Grammar 102-103 paste, save); Noun (printer)
Lesson Objectives: To learn the present continuous
(affirmative & negative)
Flash Time 6 111
Lesson Objectives: To create a calendar of annual
6c Vocabulary 104 celebrations, to present annual celebrations in
Lesson Objectives: To learn clothes/accessories/ Romania, to learn about values (celebrations)
footwear, to talk about clothes/accessories/footwear
Vocabulary: Clothes/Accessories/Footwear (hat, scarf,
Progress Check 6 112-113
gloves, socks, leggings, trainers, boots, shoes, cap, T-shirt, Lesson Objectives: To test/consolidate vocabulary
shirt, jumper, shorts, skirt, dress, jeans, jacket, belt) and grammar learnt throughout the module, to
practise everyday English, to read for specific
6d Everyday English 105 information, to listen for specific information, to write
Lesson Objectives: To role play a dialogue shopping, an email
to learn intonation in exclamations

xi
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 20

Greetings

Listen and repeat.


1
Goodbye!/ Hi!/Hello!
Good Bye!
morning!

Good Good Good


afternoon! evening! night!

Note

Use Mr/Mrs/Ms +
persons surname
to address your Greetings Introducing yourself/others
teacher. e.g. Hello
Ms Green. (NOT: a) Complete the dialogue with the phrases below. Write in your
Hello Kate.) 2 notebook.

Goodbye Hello This is Nice to meet you

Mrs White: 1) ... , Im Mrs White.


Think of your
Whats your name?
favourite cartoon
characters. In Nat: Hello, Mrs White. My
pairs act out names Nat.
short dialogues. 2) ... Alexis and Maria.
Mrs White: 3) ... , kids.
A: Hello, Im Harry
Potter. Whats Children: Nice to meet you, too.
your name? 4) ... !
B: Hello Harry. My
names Mano
Lito.
b) Listen and check. Then repeat in groups.
8 eight
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 21

Welcome back
Lesson Objectives: To present/practise/revise
greetings, introducing yourself/others, classroom
language, the imperative, the alphabet & spelling;
subject personal pronouns, the verb to be
(affirmative), numbers, to ask about telephone
numbers, to ask about/tell the time, to present/
practise/revise school subjects, a/an, classroom
objects, and colours
Vocabulary: Cardinal numbers (1-100), colours
(brown, purple, pink, grey, green, red, yellow, black,
orange, blue, white), classroom objects (pencil
case, glue, pen, rubber, pencil, ruler, notebook,
blackboard, desk, whiteboard); Other (smartphone,
ball, iPod, umbrella, alarm clock, digital camera,
agenda, scarf, chalk, sharpener, schoolbag)

1 To present greetings
Play the recording.
Ss repeat chorally and/or individually.
Explain each situation or time of day.

2 a) To complete a dialogue
Read out the Note box.
Then read out the phrases and give Ss time
to use them to complete the dialogue.
Answer Key
1 Hello
2 This is
3 Nice to meet you
4 Goodbye

b) To listen to and read a dialogue


Play the recording. Ss listen and check
their answers to Ex. 2a.
Then divide the class into groups of three
and ask them to take roles and read the
dialogue aloud.

Game!
Ss play the game in pairs. Go around the class
and monitor the game. Elicit answers from Ss
around the class.
(Ss' own answers)

eight 8(T)
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 22

Welcome back
3 To present classroom language
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Pay attention to Ss pronunciation and
intonation.

4 To present and practise the imperative


Read out the Note box and go through the
table.
Then ask a pair of Ss to model the activity
using the example.
Then have Ss complete the task in pairs
following your instructions.
(Ss' own answers)

9(T) nine
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 23

Classroom language

Listen and repeat.


3
Dont talk, please.
Listen.

Read.

Sit down, please.

Close your books.


Open your books.

Come to the
board, please. Write in your
notebooks.

Stand up, please.

Imperative

Note form example


We use the affirmative infinitive + object Open your books.
imperative to give negative Dont + infinitive + object Dont open your books.
orders/instructions or
to make a request.

Listen to your teachers instructions and make


4 imperative sentences. Then, your partner acts out what you
ask him/her to do.

Teacher: Ask your partner to stand up.


Student A: Stand up, please.
Student B: (stands up)
nine 9
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 24

The alphabet & Spelling

Listen and repeat.


1

Note Listen and choose the correct spelling. Write in your


2 notebook.
In English, when a
name contains double
letters, e.g. tt, ll, etc., we
1. A Bil B Bill
read them as double l 2. A Maia B Maya
not 2 l, e.g. Milles.
M-I-double L-E-S. 3. A Juan B Huan
4. A Teresa B Tereza

a) Listen to and read the dialogue.


3 What is the dialogue about?

A: Hello, Im Mr Drake. Im your new teacher.


Whats your name?
B: Hello, Mr Drake. Im Alexis.
A: And your surname?
B: Wallace.
1. Andreea Radu
A: How do you spell it? 2. Bogdan Dumitrescu
B: W - A - double L - A - C - E. 3. Alexandra Popescu
4. Cristina Popa

b) Act out similar dialogues. Use the names in the box.


10 ten
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 25

Welcome back
1 To present and practise the alphabet A: Hello, I'm Mr Drake. I'm your new teacher.
Play the recording. What's your name?
Ss listen and repeat the letters. B: Hello, Mr Drake. I'm Alexandra.
A: And your surname?
B: Popescu.
2 To learn the spelling of some names
A: How do you spell it?
Read the Note box aloud. B: P O P E S C U.
Play the recording.
Ss listen and choose the correctly spelt name A: Hello, I'm Mr Drake. I'm your new teacher.
in each pair. What's your name?
Check Ss answers. B: Hello, Mr Drake. I'm Cristina.
A: And your surname?
Answer Key
B: Popa.
1 B 2 B 3 A 4 A A: How do you spell it?
B: P O P A.
3 a) To listen to and read a dialogue
Play the recording. Ss listen and read.
Then choose two Ss to read the example
dialogue.
Ask Ss to answer to the question in the rubric.
Suggested Answer Key
In the dialogue, a student and a teacher
introduce themselves.

b) To role play a dialogue and practise


spelling names
Allow Ss some time to complete the task
with the rest of the names in closed pairs.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Ask some pairs to act out their dialogues.
Answer Key
A: Hello, I'm Mr Drake. I'm your new teacher.
What's your name?
B: Hello, Mrs Drake. I'm Andreea.
A: And your surname?
B: Radu.
A: How do you spell it?
B: R A D U.
A: Hello, I'm Mr Drake. I'm your new teacher.
What's your name?
B: Hello, Mr Drake. I'm Bogdan.
A: And your surname?
B: Dumitrescu.
A: How do you spell it?
B: D U M I T R E S C U.

ten 10(T)
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 26

Welcome back
4 To present subject personal pronouns
Play the recording.
Ss repeat chorally and/or individually.

5 To practise subject personal pronouns


Ask Ss to look at the pictures and choose the
correct answer and then write them in their
notebooks.
Check the answers around the class.
Answer Key
1 I 2 she 3 it 4 we

6 To present/practise the verb to be


Present the verb to be. Write on the board: I
am Ingrid. Im Ingrid. Present the full and
contracted forms of the present simple
affirmative of the verb to be.
Point to a S. Say: Youre Bogdan. Then write it
on the board.
Point to a male S in the class and say: Hes
Andrei. Then write it on the board.
Point to a female S in the class and say: Shes
Cristina. Then write it on the board. Continue
with the rest.
Ask Ss to read the table and then explain the
task and read out the example.
Read out the Note box.
Allow Ss time to complete the task and check
Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 is/s
2 am/m
3 are/re
4 is/s
5 are/re
6 are/re

11(T) eleven
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 27

Subject personal pronouns

Listen and repeat.


4

singular
I You He She It
plural

We You They

Look at the pictures and choose the correct answer. Write in your
5 notebook.

1 2 3 4

I/you he/she it/they you/we

The verb to be (affirmative)


I am Mr Drake. We are Nat, Alexis
Im a teacher. and Maria.
full form short form
Were students.
I am m
You are re
singular

He
Note
She is s
In English, we use It
an apostrophe ()
to show contraction. We
plural

I am Petre. You are re


Im Petre.
They

Complete the sentences with am/m, is/s, are/re. Write in your


6 notebook.
1. It ... a book. 4. My name ... Bob.
2. I ... Anna. 5. We ... friends.
3. They ... teachers. 6. You ... Sue.
eleven 11
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 28

Numbers 1-20

Listen and repeat.


1
one six eleven sixteen

two seven twelve seventeen

three eight thirteen eighteen

four nine fourteen nineteen

five ten fifteen twenty

Match the words to the numbers. Write in your notebook.


2
one 1 a 12
eight 2 b 15
twelve 3 c 20
fifteen 4 d 8
twenty 5 e 1

Find the number. Write in your notebook.


3
1. thige e ... 3. hetre t ...
2. tiffene f ... 4. velwet t ...

Asking about telephone numbers

Note Ask and answer, as in the example.


4 1 26508278
In English, when 2 55243089
we use 0 (zero) in 1. A: Whats your telephone number?
3 22943318
telephone
B: Its two-six-five-oh-eight-two-seven-eight. 4 72098632
numbers, we say
oh NOT zero. 5 37025921

12 twelve
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 29

Welcome back
1 To present numbers (1-20)
Play the recording. Ss listen and repeat the
numbers.
Ask Ss to count from 1-20.

2 To practise numbers (1-20)


Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
it and write the answers in their notebooks.
Check Ss answers on the board.
Answer Key
1 e 2 d 3 a 4 b 5 c

3 To consolidate the spelling of some


numbers
Ask Ss to unscramble the letters to find the
numbers.
Elicit answers from Ss around the class.
If time allows, continue the activity using
different numbers on the board.
Answer Key
1 eight 2 fifteen 3 three 4 twelve

4 To practise asking about telephone


numbers
Read the Note box aloud.
Choose two Ss to read through the example
dialogue.
Allow Ss some time to complete the task with
the rest of the numbers in closed pairs.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Ask some pairs to act out their dialogues.
Answer Key
2 A: Whats your telephone number?
B: Its double five two four three oh
eight nine.
3 A: Whats your telephone number?
B: Its double two nine four double
three one eight.
4 A: Whats your telephone number?
B: Its seven two oh nine eight six
three two.
5 A: Whats your telephone number?
B: Its three seven oh two five nine
two one.

twelve 12(T)
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 30

Welcome back
5 To present and practise numbers (21-100)
Read the Note box aloud.
Play the recording. Ss listen and repeat the
numbers chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.

6 To distinguish between numbers


Play the recording.
Ss listen and circle the correct number.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 12 3 50 5 13
2 100 4 42 6 80

7 To practise numbers
Explain the task and read out the example.
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and complete
the sentences with the correct numbers and
then write them in their notebooks.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 seventy-nine
3 forty-five
4 eighteen
5 sixty-one
6 thirty-seven
7 fifty-six
8 twenty-nine

13(T) thirteen
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 31

Numbers 21-100

Note Listen and repeat.


5
In English, when we
write a compound twenty-one twenty-seven sixty
number (any
number made up
of two words), we
twenty-two twenty-eight seventy
use a hyphen in
between them. twenty-three twenty-nine eighty
e.g. 46 forty-six.
twenty-four thirty ninety

twenty-five forty a/one hundred

twenty-six fifty

Listen and write the number you hear in your notebook.


6
1. 12 20 3. 50 15 5. 30 13
2. 10 100 4. 42 24 6. 8 80

Complete the sentences with the correct number. Write in your


7 notebook.

Fred - 83
Julie - 56
Alice - 79
Eve - 29
Al - 61

Sally - 45 Ann - 18 Mike - 37

1. Fred is eighty-three years old. 5. Al is ... years old.


2. Alice is ... years old. 6. Mike is ... years old.
3. Sally is ... years old. 7. Julie is ... years old.
4. Ann is ... years old. 8. Eve is ... years old.
thirteen 13
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 32

Asking about/Telling the time


What time Its ten
is it? past five.
oclock

(a) quarter to (a) quarter past

half past

Listen and repeat.


1

1. five o clock 2. (a) quarter 3. twenty 4. half past


past five past five five

5. twenty-five 6. twenty 7. (a) quarter 8. five to six


to six to six to six

Copy the clock faces in your notebook. Listen and draw the
2 clock hands.

1 2 3 4 5

? Word
What (time):
3 Copy the clock face in your notebook. Draw the clock hands
and complete the sentence. Then, ask and answer.

asks about time A: What time is it?


B: Its ...
14 fourteen
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 33

Welcome back
1 To present the time Suggested Answer Key
Direct Ss to the clock and read out the
cartoon.
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.

2 To practise telling the time


A: What time is it?
Ask Ss to copy the clock faces into their B: Its [a] quarter past ten.
notebooks.
Then play the recording. Ss listen and draw
the hour and minute hands on the clock
faces to show the times they hear.
Check Ss answers around the class.
Answer Key
1 2 3

4 5

3 To practise asking about/telling the


time
Read out the ? Word box.
Ss to copy the clock face into their notebooks
and then write the current time on it.
Ask Ss to work in pairs and then ask about
and tell the time.
Monitor the activity around the class.
As an extension, have Ss practise asking
about and telling the time using the clock
faces from Ex. 2.

fourteen 14(T)
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 34

Welcome back
4 a) To present vocabulary for school
subjects
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.

b) To express an opinion
Elicit Ss favourite subjects from various Ss around
the class.
Suggested Answer Key
My favourite school subject is Science.

5 To listen for specific information


Ask Ss to look at the timetable.
Play the recording and have Ss listen and
complete the gaps.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 Music 3 Science
2 English 4 Art

6 To write a school timetable


Ask Ss to write their school timetable for
Monday using Tonys as a model.
Ask various Ss around the class to share their
answers with the rest of the class.
Suggested Answer Key

Time Monday Room


9:00 - 10:00 English E6
10:00 - 11:00 Science SC2
11:00 - 11:15 Break
11:15 - 12:15 Geography G5
12:15 - 1:15 Lunch
1:15 - 2:15 Maths M1
2:15 - 3:15 Art A7

15(T) fifteen
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:04 PM Page 35

School subjects 1 2 3

a) Listen and repeat.


4
English Maths Science

4 5 6 7 8

Physical
Art Education (PE) Geography History Music

b) Whats your favourite school subject? Write in your


notebook.
My favourite school subject is ... .

Listen to Tony talking about his school timetable for Monday


5
and complete the gaps (1-4). Write in your notebook.

Timetable
Monday Room
8:30 - 9:30 Maths R10
9:30 - 10:30 1. ... R12
10:30 - 10:45 Break
10:45 - 11:45 2. ... R8
11:45 - 12:45 PE
12:45 - 1:30 Lunch Break
1:30 - 2:30 3. ... R7
2:30 - 3:30 4. ... R5

Write your school timetable for Monday in your notebook.


6
Timetable
Monday Room

fifteen 15
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:05 PM Page 36

This is This is an
a ball. umbrella.
A/An
Note
Listen and repeat.
We use a/an to talk 1
about something we
mention for the first time. a an
We use a before nouns
that start with a a smartphone a ball an iPod an umbrella
consonant sound (b, c,
d etc) a book
We use an before nouns
that start with a vowel
sound (a, e, i etc) an
apple

A or an? Look at the pictures and write in your notebook.


2

1. ... alarm 2. ... digital 3. ... agenda 4. ... scarf


clock camera

Classroom objects

Label the pictures. Use: pencil case, glue, pen, rubber, pencil, ruler,
3
notebook, blackboard, desk, whiteboard. Write in your notebook.
Point to a picture
Listen and check, then repeat.
and ask Whats
this?. Your 1 2 3 4
partner identifies
the object.
A: (pointing to
picture 4)
Whats this?
B: Its a pencil. 5 6 7 8

9 10

16 sixteen
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:05 PM Page 37

Welcome back
1 To present a/an
Read out the Note box.
Play the recording. Ss listen and repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
Ask Ss to give other examples of their own.

2 To practise a/an
Ask Ss to fill in a/an.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 an 2 a 3 an 4 a

3 To present classroom objects


Read out the list of school objects and ask Ss
to look at the pictures.
Give Ss time to label the pictures and write in
their notebooks.
Play the recording for Ss to listen and check
their answers.
Then play the recording again with pauses for
Ss to repeat chorally and/or individually.
Answer Key
1 ruler 6 notebook
2 rubber 7 pen
3 pencil case 8 glue
4 pencil 9 whiteboard
5 desk 10 blackboard

Game!
Ss play the game in pairs. Go around the class
and monitor the game following the example.
Elicit answers from Ss around the class.
(Ss' own answers)

sixteen 16(T)
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:05 PM Page 38

Welcome back
4 a) To present colours
Read out the colours and then give Ss time to
write each one in their notebooks.
Answer Key
1 purple 5 brown 9 green
2 red 6 pink 10 grey
3 blue 7 black 11 yellow
4 orange 8 white

b) To practise colours
Play the recording. Ss listen and check
their answers to Ex. 4a.
Then play the recoding again with pauses
for Ss to repeat chorally and/or individually.
Ask Ss to complete the sentence and then
ask various Ss around the class to share
their answers.
Suggested Answer Key
My favourite colour is green.

5 To practise a/an, the


Read out the theory box and explain when
we use the.
Allow some time for Ss to complete the
exercise in their notebooks.
Check Ss answers.
Play the recording. Ss listen and check their
answers.
Then ask Ss to ask and answer in pairs,
following the example.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Answer Key
1 a, The, pink
2 a, The, purple
3 a, The, yellow
4 a, The, blue
5 a, The, red
6 a, The, brown
7 a, The, orange
8 a, The, green

17(T) seventeen
04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter.qxp_04 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Starter 10/3/17 2:05 PM Page 39

Colours

a) Write the colours in your notebook.


4
brown purple pink grey green red yellow black
orange blue white
8 10
2 4 6

11
1 5
3 7 9

b) Listen and check, then repeat. Complete the sentence in


your notebook.
This is an
My favourite colour is ... . umbrella. The
umbrella is green.
The

We use the when we talk about


something specific or that weve
mentioned before.
This is a smartphone.
The smartphone is black.

Complete the gaps with a or the. Then choose the correct colour.
5
Write in your notebook.
Listen and check. Then ask and answer.
A: Whats this?
B: This is a rubber. The rubber is pink.
1 2 3 4
This is ...
This is ... rubber. notebook. This is ... pencil. This is ... chalk.
... rubber is ... notebook is ... pencil is ... chalk is
pink/white. green/purple. yellow/black. purple/blue.

5 6 7 8
This is ... This is ...
This is ... ruler. This is ... book. sharpener. schoolbag.
... ruler is ... book is ... sharpener is ... schoolbag is
red/black. grey/brown. orange/yellow. pink/green.

seventeen 17
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:13 PM Page 40

Video

Whats in this
module?
Vocabulary Ann
- Countries &
Nationalities
Canada
- Places in
a country
- Seasons John
& Months
- Dates (ordinal
the USA
numbers)
Grammar
- Possessive
adjectives
- The verb to be
(negative, Lino
interrogative &
short answers)
Brazil
- How tall/How Grammar
high/How big We do not use the

- ? Words
Vocabulary
with most names of
countries. Countries
When, How old, with State, Kingdom
Where Countries & Nationalities
or Republic in their

Everyday English 1 Look at the map. Listen and repeat. name take the.

- Introducing
yourself/others 2 Match the nationalities (1-13) to the countries on the map. Write
in your notebook.
- Asking & giving
personal 1. Canadian Canada 8. New Zealander ...
information 2. British ... 9. Irish ...
- Pronunciation: 3. Australian ... 10. Brazilian ...
Intonation in
Wh- questions 4. South African ... 11. Chinese ...
5. Portuguese ... 12. Mozambican ...
6. American ... 13. Romanian ...
7. Indian ...

18 eighteen
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:13 PM Page 41

Hello!
Whats in this module?
Go through the Whats in this module? box and tell Ss
that these are the topics, skills and activities this unit
will cover.

1 To present vocabulary for countries


Play the recording with pauses for Ss to
repeat chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.

2 To present nationalities and match


countries to nationalities
Read the Grammar box aloud.
Ask Ss to look at the map and then give them
time to match the countries on the map to
the list of nationalities.
Check Ss answers around the class.
Answer Key
2 the UK 8 New Zealand
3 Australia 9 Ireland
4 South Africa 10 Brazil
5 Portugal 11 China
6 the USA 12 Mozambique
7 India 13 Romania

Play the video for Ss and elicit their


comments.

eighteen 18(T)
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:13 PM Page 42

3 To act out dialogues and practise 4 To personalise the topic


countries and nationalities Ask Ss to complete the sentences about
Explain the task. themselves. Elicit answer from Ss around the
Ask two Ss to model the example dialogue. class.
Ask Ss to work in pairs and act out similar Suggested Answer Key
dialogues for the people on the map. Im from Romania. Im Romanian.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Wheres Lino from?
B: Hes from Brazil. Hes Brazilian.
A: Wheres Darren from?
B: Hes from Ireland. Hes Irish.
A: Wheres Liz from?
B: Shes from the UK. Shes British.
A: Wheres Maria from?
B: Shes from Portugal. Shes Portuguese.
A: Wheres Anton from?
B: Hes from Romania. Hes Romanian.
A: Wheres Jian from?
B: Hes from China. Hes Chinese.
A: Wheres Ahmed from?
B: Hes from South Africa. Hes South African.
A: Wheres Mara from?
B: Shes from Mozambique. Shes Mozambican.
A: Wheres Indira from?
B: Shes from India. Shes Indian.
A: Wheres Helen from?
B: Shes from Australia. Shes Australian.
A: Wheres Martin from?
B: Hes from New Zealand. Hes a New Zealander.

19(T) nineteen
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 43

Darren Jian
Ireland China
Anton
Liz Romania
the UK

Maria
Portugal

Indira
India
Mara
Mozambique
Helen
Australia
Ahmed
Martin
South Africa New
Zealand
3 Act out dialogues, as in the example.

A: Wheres Ann from? A: Wheres John from?


B: Shes from Canada. B: Hes from the USA.
Shes Canadian. Hes American.

4 Complete the sentences. Write in your notebook.

Im from ... (country). Im ... (nationality).

nineteen 19
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 44

Video
All around the world
A Hello! Im
Vicky and Im 11 years old. Im from Sydney, Australia.
Sydney is a big city, but it isnt the capital city of Australia. Canberra is
Jill the capital city of Australia! My e-friend is Jill. Shes 11, too. Shes not
Australian. Shes from Wellington the capital city of New Zealand.
Vicky

Hello! My names James and Im 11 years old. Im from Stitsville, B


Canada. Stitsville is a beautiful village. Its close to the capital city
of Canada Ottawa! This is my e-friend Alicia. Shes 10 years old. Alicia
Shes from Worcester, South Africa. Worcester is a small town near
Cape Town, the capital city of South Africa.
James
Reading

1 Listen to and read the article, then match. Write in


your notebook.
Vicky is 1 a e-friends.
Check these words Jill is 2 b from Sydney.
friend beautiful James and Alicia are 3 c a New Zealander.
close to near
2 Decide if the sentences are R (right) or W (wrong). Write in your
notebook.
1. Vicky is 10 years old. 3. James is South African.
2. Jill is James friend. 4. Alicia is 10 years old.

3 Copy the personal profiles in your notebook and complete the


gaps.
Text A
Name: Vicky Age: 11 years old Name: Jill Age: ... years old
Nationality: Australian Nationality: New Zealander
From (city/town/village): Sydney From (city/town/village): ...
Country: Australia Country: New Zealand
Text B
Name: James Age: ... years old Name: ... Age: 10 years old
Nationality: Canadian Nationality: ...
From (city/town/village): ... From (city/town/village): ...
Country: ... Country: ...
20 twenty
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 45

1 To listen and read for gist


1a
Name: Alicia
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and elicit Ss Age: 10 years old
guesses as to where each person is from and Nationality: South African
how they may be related. From (city/town/village): Worcester
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the Country: South Africa
text to find out. Then ask them to match the Suggested Answer Key
phrases to make sentences. Vicky is 11 years old. She is from Sydney, Australia.
Check Ss answers. She is Australian.
Answer Key
1 b Vicky is from Sydney.
2 c Jill is a New Zealander.
3 a James and Alicia are e-friends.

2 To read for specific information


Give Ss time to read the text again and mark
the statements according to what they read.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 W 2 W 3 W 4 R
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.
Ask Ss to look up the meanings of the words
in the Check these words box.

3 To consolidate comprehension of a text


Allow Ss time to review the text and complete
the personal profiles.
Check Ss answers on the board.
As an extension, ask various Ss to choose a
profile and present the person to the class.
Answer Key
Name: Jill
Age: 11 years old
Nationality: New Zealander
From (city/town/village): Wellington
Country: New Zealand
Name: James
Age: 11 years old
Nationality: Canadian
From (city/town/village): Stitsville
Country: Canada

twenty 20(T)
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 46

1a4 To present places in a country Demonstrate the task presenting yourself.


Ask Ss to look at the pictures and then read (Hello! Im Laura and Im 36 years old. Im
the sentences and choose the correct words. British. Im from London, the capital city in the
Check Ss answers. UK.)
Allow Ss some time to complete the task.
Answer Key
Check Ss answers.
1 capital city
2 village Suggested Answer Key
3 city Hello! Im Ioana and Im 11 years old. Im from
4 town Sibiu, Romania. Sibiu is a city. My e-friend is Dylan.
Hes 11 too. Hes not Romanian. Hes British. Hes
from Minehead, a town in the UK.
5 To listen for specific information
Ask Ss to read the gapped profiles and look
at what information is missing.
Play the recording. Ss listen and complete the
gaps and write the words in their notebooks.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 Beth
2 Canadian
3 Hudson (town)
4 Smith
5 11
6 American
7 Los Angeles (city)
8 the USA

6 To write a profile about yourself & your


e-friend
Explain the task and ask Ss to copy the
profiles into their notebooks and complete
them about themselves and their e-friend.
Suggested Answer Key
Name: Ioana Albu
Age: 11 years old
Nationality: Romanian
From (city/town/village): Sibiu
Country: Romania
Name: Dylan Jones
Age: 11 years old
Nationality: British
From (city/town/village): Minehead
Country: the UK
Then ask various Ss around the class to
present themselves and their e-friends to the
class.

21(T) twenty-one
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 47

Vocabulary
Places in a country

4 Choose the correct answer. Write in your notebook.

2
1
1. London is the capital city/town of the UK.

2. Polperro is a fishing city/village in the UK.

3 4
3. York is a city/capital city in the UK.

4. Bollington is a small town/city in the UK.

Listening

5 Listen to the dialogues and complete the profiles. Write in your


notebook.

Name: 1) ... Camden Name: Peter 4) ...


Age: 10 years old Age: 5) ... years old
Nationality: 2) ... Nationality: 6) ...
From (city/town/village): 3) ... From (city/town/village): 7) ...
Country: Canada Country: 8) ...

Writing & Speaking (a profile about yourself & your e-friend)

6 Copy the profiles about yourself and your e-friend in your


notebook and complete them. Present yourself and your e-friend
to the class.

Name: ... Name: ...


Age: ... years old Age: ... years old
Nationality: ... Nationality: ...
From (city/town/village): ... From (city/town/village): ...
Country: ... Country: ...

twenty-one 21
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 48

My favourite colour is red.


Her favourite colour is pink.
Possessive adjectives (singular) His favourite colour is blue.

Note subject personal possessive


pronouns adjectives
We use possessive
adjectives before
I my
nouns. Its my bicycle. you your
We use it for things he his
and animals.
she her
it its

1 Match the sentences (1-5) to the sentences (a-e). Write in your


notebook.
I am Tony. 1 a Its colour is black.
Youre Australian. 2 b His friend is Laura.
Hes Alan. 3 c Your friend is Australian, too!
Shes my sister. 4 d My friend is Eric.
Its my book. 5 e Her name is Amy.

2 Write the correct possessive adjective in your notebook.

1. (He) ... name is Peter. 4. (You) ... village is beautiful.


2. (I) ... friend is Sue. 5. (It) This is my dog. ... name
3. (She) ... friend is Chinese. is Rex.

3 Complete the sentences with the correct possessive adjective.


Write in your notebook.
Jason & Molly
Tom 2
1

3
Mr Jones & Rob
1. Im Tom. This is ... new bike. ... colour is yellow.
2. This is Jason and ... sister Molly. ... cap is yellow.
3. Are these ... books, Rob? Yes. Thank you, Mr Jones.
22 twenty-two
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 49

1 To present possessive adjectives


1b
(singular)
Read out the Note box and then present the
subject pronouns.
Present the possessive adjectives. Hold up a
pen. Say, then write on the board: This is my
pen. Underline the word my. Explain that my is
a possessive adjective. Present the other
possessive adjectives in the same way. e.g.,
This is his pen. This is her pen., etc.
Ask Ss to read the theory and then explain
the task.
Give Ss time to complete the task and then
check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 d 2 c 3 b 4 e 5 a

2 To practise possessive adjectives


Explain the task. Allow Ss some time to
complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 His 3 Her 5 Its
2 My 4 Your

3 To practise possessive adjectives


Explain the task. Allow Ss some time to
complete the sentences.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 my, Its
2 his, Her
3 your

twenty-two 22(T)
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 50

1b4 To present possessive adjectives My Things!


(plural) Explain the task and give Ss time to make a
Read out the Note box. poster with pictures or drawings of their
Present the possessive adjectives. Gesture to favourite things.
the classroom. Say, then write on the board: Ask various Ss to present their things to the
This is our classroom. Underline the word our. class.
Explain that our is a possessive adjective. Suggested Answer Key
Present the other possessive adjectives in the My things!
same way. e.g., They are your desks. They are
their pens., etc.
Ask Ss to read the theory and then explain
the task.
Give Ss time to complete the task and then
check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 C 2 B 3 A

5 To practise possessive adjectives


Explain the task. Allow Ss some time to This is my cat. Its name
complete the sentences. is Clara. It is grey.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 Our
2 Their
3 Your
4 Their
This is my bicycle. It is
6 To practise possessive adjectives green, blue and orange.

Ask Ss to look at the pictures and explain the


task.
Allow Ss some time to complete the
sentences and then check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 my schoolbag
2 his bicycle
3 my, our dog This is my pencil case.
4 her hat It is blue.
5 their ball

23(T) twenty-three
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 51

What is your
Possessive adjectives (plural) favourite subject?

Note subject personal possessive


pronouns adjectives
We use they for we our
people, animals
or things.
you your
they their Our favourite
subject is English.

4 Choose the correct answer. Write in your notebook.

1. This is Jason and Tim. ... house is big.


A Our B Your C Their
2. Susan and you are sisters. ... friend is Emma.
A Our B Your C Their
3. Steve and I are friends. ... favourite sport is football.
A Our B Your C Their

5 Complete the gaps with the correct possessive adjective. Write in


your notebook.

1. Julie and I are sisters. ... home is in London.


2. This is Mario and Lyn. ... friend is Rosa.
1 3. Youre Romanian. ... friends are Romanian, too.
schoolbag
4. They are friends. ... names are Mike and Sam.

2
6 Look at the pictures, choose the correct answer and complete
the gap with the correct word. Write in your notebook.
bicycle
4 hat

dog 3

My ball 5
Things! 1 Julie 2 Jake 3 Anna & Ben 4 Jessica 5 Tim & Paul

1. Im Julie and this is her/my ... .


Make a poster of
your favourite 2. This is Jake and this is his/your ... .
things. Label the 3. Im Anna and this is my/his brother Ben. This is your/our ... .
pictures. Present
4. This is Jessica and this is her/its ... .
your things to the
class. 5. Tim and Paul are friends and this is your/their ... .
twenty-three 23
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 52

1c Vocabulary
Seasons & Months

Video 1 Listen and repeat. Then write the missing months in your
notebook.

WINTER
December SPRING
January March
February April
May

SUMMER
AUTUMN
June
September
July
October
August
November

Ordinal numbers

1st = first
2nd = second
3rd = third
4th = fourth 1. July, ... , September, ... 3. ... , April, May, ...
5th = fifth
2. December, ... , ... 4. October, ... , December, ...
6th = sixth
7th = seventh
8th = eighth
Ordinal numbers & Dates
9th = ninth
10th = tenth
11th = eleventh
12th = twelfth
2 Complete the questions with How old or When. Write in your
notebook. Then, ask and answer.
13th = thirteenth
20th = twentieth Mirela (9) 27th February Crina (10) 1st January
21st = twenty-first
Sergiu (12) 13th August Alin (11) 30th September
Write the ordinal
numbers for: 27, 30, A: ... are you, Mirela?
42, 56, 64. B: Im 9 years old.
A: ...s your birthday?
B: Its on the 27th of February.
24 twenty-four
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 53

1 To present vocabulary for seasons &


1c
months
Play the recording. Ss listen and repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
Then give Ss time to write the missing months
in their notebooks for items 1-4.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 August, October
2 January, February
3 March, June
4 November, January

2 To present ordinal numbers


Read out the table and present ordinal
numbers.
Then elicit the ordinal numbers for the
numbers in the list.
Answer Key
27 twenty-seventh
30 thirtieth
42 forty- second
56 fifty-sixth
64 sixty-fourth

Explain the task.


Allow Ss time to complete the task.
Then have Ss ask and answer in pairs
following the example.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Answer Key
A: How old are you, Sergiu?
B: Im 12 years old.
A: Whens your birthday?
B: Its on the 13th of August.
A: How old are you, Crina?
B: Im 10 years old.
A: Whens your birthday?
B: Its on the 1st of January.
A: How old are you, Alin?
B: Im 11 years old.
A: Whens your birthday?
B: Its on the 30th of September.

twenty-four 24(T)
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 54

1d1 To listen and read for specific


information
Ask Ss to look at the picture.
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the
dialogue and find out the answers to the
questions.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
They are Maria and Barry. Maria is from the USA
and Barry is from the UK.

2 To present and practise question words


Read out the ? Word box and present the
question word where.
Then give Ss time to read the questions and
match them to their answers.
Answer Key
1 b 2 c 3 a

3 To complete a dialogue; to act out a


dialogue
Divide the class into pairs and have them
complete the dialogue in closed pairs.
Then have Ss take roles and act out the
dialogue in pairs.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Hello! Im Lily. Whats your name?
B: My names Cristian. Where are you from, Lily?
A: Im from the UK. And you?
B: Im from Romania. How old are you?
A: Im 10 years old. And you?
B: Im eleven! Oh! Thats the bell! See you!
A: Bye!

Learning/Practising intonation in
wh- questions
Explain that the intonation in wh-questions
falls at the end.
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to
repeat chorally and/or individually.
Correct Ss intonation as necessary.

25(T) twenty-five
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:14 PM Page 55

Everyday English 1d
Asking & giving personal information

1 Listen to and read the dialogue. Who are the people in the
picture? Where is each person from?

Maria: Hello! Im Maria Jones. Whats your name?


Barry: My names Barry. Barry Flynn. Where are you
from, Maria?
Maria: Im from the USA. And you?
Barry: Im from the UK. How old are you?
Maria: Im eleven years old. And you?
Barry: Im eleven years old, too! Oh! Thats the bell!
See you!
Maria: Bye!

2 Match the questions to the answers. Write in your notebook.

? Word
Where: asks about
Whats your name? 1
Where is Barry from? 2
How old is Maria? 3
a 11.
b Maria.
place c The UK.

3 Complete the dialogue in your notebook. Then, act it out.

A: Hello! Im ... . Whats your name?


B: My names ... . Where are you from, ... ?
A: Im from ... . And you?
B: Im from ... . How old are you?
A: Im ... years old. And you?
B: Im ... ! Oh! Thats the bell! See you!
A: Bye!

Pronunciation
Intonation Intonation in Wh- Questions

Listen and repeat.

Where are you from? Whats your name? How old are you?
twenty-five 25
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 56

Hello, Alexis!
The verb to be (negative)
Im not Alexis.
Im Maria.
full form short form
I am not m not
You are not arent

singular
He
She is not isnt
It

We
plural

You are not arent


They

1 Fill in the gaps as in the example. Write in your notebook.

full form short form

1. I am not 11 years old. 1. I m not 11 years old.


2. Sally ... my friend. 2. Sally ... my friend.
3. Jane and I ... Australian. 3. Jane and I ... Australian.
4. They ... at school. 4. They ... at school.

2 Write sentences in your notebook as in the example. Use the short


form of the verb.
1. Sandra is from India. Sandra isnt from India.
2. Bob and Bill are Brazilian.
3. We are from the USA.
4. I am from India.
5. Chris is British.

3 Correct the sentences as in the example. Write in your notebook.

1. Her names Suzy. (Anna)


Her name isnt/is not Suzy. Her name is/s Anna.
2. Shes Irish. (Canadian)
3. Rosa and Anna are cousins. (best friends)
4. Im from the UK. (Portugal)
26 twenty-six
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 57

1 To present and practise the present


1e
simple negative of the verb to be
Present the present simple negative of the
verb to be. Say, then write on the board: Im
English. Im not French. Underline the words
Im not. Elicit how the negative of the verb to
be is formed (by adding not after am, is, are).
Do the same to present all persons singular
and plural in both full and contracted forms.
Ask Ss to read the sentences and fill in the
gaps with the correct forms of the present
simple negative of the verb to be.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 is not / isnt
3 are not / arent
4 are not / arent

2 To practise the present simple negative


of the verb to be
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 Bob and Bill arent Brazilian.
3 We arent from the USA.
4 Im not from India.
5 Chris isnt British.

3 To practise the present simple negative


of the verb to be
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 She is not/isnt Irish. She is/s Canadian.
3 Rosa and Anna are not/arent cousins. They
are/re best friends.
4 I am not/m not from the UK. I am/m from
Portugal.

twenty-six 26(T)
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 58

1e4 To present and practise the present


simple interrogative & short answers of the verb
to be
Present the interrogative form and short
answers. Say, then write on the board: Am I a
teacher? Underline Am I. Explain that we form
the interrogative of the verb to be by putting
the verb to be before the subject pronoun.
Answer the question on the board: Yes, I am.
Explain that this is a positive short answer.
Explain that we form positive short answers
with yes, the appropriate personal pronoun
and the verb in the affirmative.
Write on the board: Am I a doctor? No, Im
not. Explain that we form a negative short
answer with no, the appropriate personal
pronoun and the verb in the negative.
Read out the Note box.
Ask Ss to read the table and then explain the
task.
Allow Ss time to read the text and complete
the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 d 2 b 3 a 4 e 5 c

5 To practise word order with the present


simple interrogative of the verb to be
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 Are Sam and you from the UK?
3 Is Tom from Brazil?
4 Are Joe and Nick friends?

6 To practise the present simple


interrogative & short answers of the verb to be
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete it.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 Are, Yes, I am./No, Im not.
2 Is, No, he/she isnt./Yes, he/she is.
3 Is, Yes, it is./No, it isnt.

27(T) twenty-seven
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 59

The verb to be (interrogative & short answers)


Is Maria your
sister?
Note
interrogative short answers
No, she isnt.
We do not use Am I ... ? Yes, I am./No, Im not.
short verb forms in
Shes my friend.
positive negative singular Are you ... ? Yes, you are./No, you arent.
answers. Are you he
Yes, he/she/it is.
Romanian? Yes, I Is she ... ?
am. NOT: Yes, Im. No, he/she/it isnt.
it
we
plural

Yes, we/you/they are.


Are you ... ?
No, we/you/they arent.
they

4 Read the text and match the questions to


the answers. Write in your notebook.
Hi! Im Peter Knowles. Im
10 years old and Im from the USA.
This is my best friend, Kate. Shes
11 years old. Our favourite
subject is English.

Is Peter from the USA? 1 a Yes, they are.


Is he 11? 2 b No, he isnt.
Are Kate and Peter best friends? 3 c No, it isnt.
Is Kate 11 years old? 4 d Yes, he is.
Is History their favourite school subject? 5 e Yes, she is.

5 Put the words in the correct order to make questions. Write in your
notebook.
1. Greg/old/10/Is/years/? Is Greg 10 years old?
2. Sam and you/the/from/Are/UK/?
3. Brazil/Is/from/Tom/?
4. Joe and Nick/friends/Are/?

6 Complete the questions with Is, Are in your notebook. Then,


answer them about yourself.

1. ... you Romanian? ... .


2. ... your best friend Irish? ... .
3. ... your favourite school subject English? ... .
twenty-seven 27
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 60

Video Landmarks of the World by Lauren Green


25th August 15th December 30th May
Im in London, England. Im in beautiful Surfers Im back home in
London is the home of the Paradise in Australia today. Toronto, Canada.
famous Elizabeth Tower. This is This is a beautiful seaside Im at the CN Tower.
where you can see Big Ben city. Im at the Q1 Tower. This The tower is over
the large bell inside the clock is a very tall tower. Its about 550 metres tall. Im
tower. Big Ben is quite big for 320 metres high. Its just actually on a glass
a bell. It is over 10 years floor 342 metres in the air! The
2.28 metres old. The view view of the city from here is great!
tall and 2.75 from the top
metres wide! floor of the
building is
amazing!

Reading
Check these words 1 Listen to and read the blog entries then match the phrases.
home tower bell Write in your notebook.
view glass floor The Elizabeth Tower is in 1 a seaside city.
Surfers Paradise is a 2 b Canada.
Language Awareness
How tall/How high/ Lauren is from 3 c great.
How big
The view from the CN Tower is 4 d London.
C
A
2 Decide if the sentences are R (right) or W (wrong). Write in your
notebook.

1. The name of the Tower in England is CN Tower.


2. The Q1 Tower is in Australia.
3. The Q1 Tower is ten years old.
4. The glass floor at the CN Tower is 550 metres high.
B

3 Answer the questions. Write in your notebook.

1. How big is Big Ben?


2. How tall is the Q1 Tower?
3. How high is the glass floor at the CN Tower?
28 twenty-eight
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 61

1 To listen and read for specific


1f
information
Ask Ss to look at the pictures.
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the
texts.
Give Ss time to match the phrases and write
them in their notebooks.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 d 2 a 3 b 4 c

2 To read for specific information


Allow Ss time to read the texts again and
mark the statements according to what they
read.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 W 2 R 3 W 4 W
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.

3 To answer comprehension questions


Ask Ss to look at the Language Awareness
box and explain the difference among big,
tall and high.
big: large in size a big house
tall: (of a person, building, tree, etc) of more
than average height a tall man, a tall
building
high: (mainly of things) a long distance from
the bottom to the top a high mountain, a
high fence]
Give Ss time to answer the questions referring
back to the blog entries in Ex. 1 as necessary.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 Big Ben is 2.28 metres tall and 2.75 metres
wide.
2 The Q1 Tower is about 320 metres high.
3 The glass floor at the CN Tower is 342 metres
high.

twenty-eight 28(T)
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 62

1f
Culture Spot Suggested Answer Key
Read out the box and then play the video. The Q1 Tower is in Surfers Paradise in Australia. It
Then give Ss time to research online and find is about 320 metres tall. I like it because it is
famous landmarks from their country. Ask Ss beautiful.
to prepare a poster of them and present
them to the class. 6 To listen for specific information
Suggested Answer Key
Explain the task and ask Ss to read through
the gapped text and think about what
information may be missing. (e.g. 1 noun,
2 noun, 3 number, 4 number).
Play the recording. Ss listen and fill the gaps.
Check Ss answers and elicit where you can
hear a recording like this, then play the video.
Answer Key
1 Belm Tower 3 80
2 Mindelo 4 30
Suggested Answer Key
Peles Castle is a famous landmark in Sinaia. You can hear this from a tour guide.

7 To write sentences and practise capital


letters
Read out the Punctuation Time box and
explain when we use capital letters (when we
start a sentence, with proper nouns, with
school subjects, with the subject personal
pronoun I, with months).
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
it.
The Palace of Culture is a famous landmark in Check Ss answers.
Iasi. Answer Key
1 My favourite subjects are History and English.
2 Ann is from Ottawa in Canada.
4 To consolidate new vocabulary
3 Her birthday is in August.
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
it. 8 To write a blog entry
Check Ss answers around the class.
Explain the task and give Ss time to write their
Answer Key
blog entry using the information from Ex. 6.
1 bell 3 view Check Ss answers.
2 building 4 seaside Alternatively, assign the task as HW and
check Ss answers in the next lesson.
5 To consolidate information in a text Suggested Answer Key
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete The Belm Tower by Ana
the sentences in their notebooks. The Belm Tower is a famous landmark in
Then ask Ss to tell their partners. Mindelo, Cape Verde. It is 80 years old. It is under
Ask various Ss around the class to share their 30 metres tall. The view from the top is beautiful!
answers with the rest of the class.
29(T) twenty-nine
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 63

Vocabulary
Video
4 Fill in: seaside, bell, view, building. Write in your notebook.
Culture Spot
1. Big Ben is a ... inside the Elizabeth Tower.
The London Eye
is a popular 2. My school is a very beautiful ... .
landmark in 3. The ... from the top floor of my house is amazing.
London.
4. Constanta is a ... city in Romania.

Speaking

5 Choose one of the landmarks in the blog and fill in the


sentences below. Write in your notebook. Then, tell your partner.

Collect The ... is in ... . It is ... tall. I ... because it is ... .


information
about landmarks in Listening
your country.
Prepare a poster. 6 Listen and complete the
gaps (1-4) in your notebook. Video
Where can you hear this?
Punctuation Time
We use capital letters: Name: 1) ...
when we start a
Location: 2) ... , Cape Verde
sentence. We are
12. Age: 3) ... years old
with proper names.
Bob, England Height: under 4) ... metres
with school subjects.
Maths, English,
History 7 Rewrite the sentences in your notebook. Put capital letters where
with the subject needed.
personal pronoun I.
Tim and I are 1. my favourite subjects are history and english.
friends.
with months. April, 2. ann is from ottawa in canada.
May, June 3. her birthday is in august.

Writing (a blog entry about a landmark)

8 Use the information in Ex.6 to complete the blog entry.


Write in your notebook.

The ... by ...

The ... is a famous landmark in ... . It is ... . It is ... . The ... is ... !

twenty-nine 29
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 64

Video
The United Kingdom
England, Scotland, Wales and Northern
Ireland are parts of the United Kingdom
(UK). London is the capital city. English is
the official language. Great Britain is the
island with England, Wales and Scotland.

1 Edinburgh is the capital city of Scotland.


A famous landmark in Edinburgh is Edinburgh
2 Castle.
8 Stirling is a city in Scotland. A famous landmark
in Stirling is the William Wallace Monument.

London is the capital city of England.


7
A famous landmark in London is the Palace of
6 Westminster.
Bath is a city in England. A famous landmark in
Bath is the ancient Roman Spa.

Cardiff is the capital city of Wales. A famous


5 landmark in Cardiff is the Millennium Stadium.
3
Bangor is a city in Wales. A famous landmark in
4
Bangor is the Menai Straits Bridge.

Belfast is the capital city of Northern Ireland.


A famous landmark in Belfast is the Albert
Check these words Clock.
Grammar island monument Derry is a city in Northern Ireland. A famous
stadium bridge landmark in Derry is the old City Wall.
We do not use wall
the with names
of cities, towns or
villages. 1 Listen to and read to the texts. Find which cities the numbers
1-8 are. Write in your notebook.

Speaking & Writing

2 Copy the table in your notebook and complete it with the


information in the texts. Present one of the countries to the class.

Country: Capital city:


Other cities: Landmarks:
30 thirty
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 65

1 To present the United Kingdom


1
Suggested Answer Key
Ask Ss to look at the map. Country: England
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the Capital city: London
texts and identify the cities 1-8. Other cities: Bath
Read out the Note box. Landmarks: The Palace of Westminster in London
Check Ss answers. and the ancient Roman Spa in Bath
Answer Key Country: Wales
1 Stirling Capital city: Cardiff
2 Edinburgh Other cities: Bangor
3 London Landmarks: The Millennium Stadium in Cardiff
4 Bath and the Menai Straits Bridge in Bangor
5 Cardiff
Country: Northern Ireland
6 Bangor
Capital city: Belfast
7 Belfast
Other cities: Derry
8 Derry
Landmarks: The Albert Clock in Belfast and the
old City Wall in Derry
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box. Suggested answer
Play the video for Ss and elicit their Wales is part of the United Kingdom. The capital
comments. city of Wales is Cardiff. Another important city is
Bangor. The Millennium Stadium is a landmark in
2 To present a country of the UK Cardiff. The Menai Straits Bridge is a landmark in
Ask Ss to copy the table into their notebooks Bangor.
and then complete it with the information in
the texts.
Read out the Grammar box.
Then ask various Ss to present one of the
countries of the UK to the class.

From p. 31(T)

4 a) To do research about the Romanian Ask Ss how they feel about their flag and
flag their nationality.
Give Ss time to research online about the Suggested Answer Key
colours of the Romanian flag and their The colours of the Romanian flag are red, yellow
meanings. and blue. Blue is for freedom, yellow is for justice
Ask Ss to tell the class. and red is for brotherhood.
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.
Note: As the English words for the
b) To expand the topic
meanings of the colours are advanced, Ss
are not expected to know them. Accept Explain the task and give Ss time to research
answers in L1 and try to explain their other flags with the same colours as theirs.
meanings in simple terms. Ask Ss to tell the class.
Explain that national pride is a feeling of Suggested Answer Key
happiness and satisfaction from being a
Andorra, Chad, Colombia, Ecuador, Moldova
citizen of your country.
thirty 30(T)
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 66

1 1 To draw a map
Explain the task and give Ss time to draw their
map and complete it including pictures.
Ask various Ss to present their maps to the class. The Carpenters
The Old Casino, Constanta Tower, Sibiu
Alternatively, assign the task as HW and
display the maps around the class.
Suggested Answer Key

Theotokos
Union Square, Timisoara Cathedral, Napoca

3 To present landmarks in Romania


Romania
Ask various Ss to present Romanian landmarks to
the class using the map in Ex. 1 and their notes
from Ex. 2.

Suggested Answer Key


Sibiu Napoca My country is famous for its landmarks. The Old
Casino is a building in Constanta. The
Carpenters Tower is a tower in Sibiu. Union
Square is a square in Timisoara. Theotokos
Cathedral is a cathedral in Napoca.

Timisoara Constanta
To draw an itinerary

Explain the task and explain what an itinerary is


(A planned route or journey). Then ask Ss to plan
a trip to the cities in Ex. 1 and draw an itinerary
on their map.
2 To prepare a poster
Ask various Ss to share their answers with the class.
Ask Ss to work in small groups and copy the
headings into their notebooks. Then give Suggested Answer Key
them time to collect information about (Use key from Ex.1 and draw lines between the
famous landmarks in the cities in Ex. 1 and cities.)
complete their notes.
Then give Ss time to prepare a poster. Display 4 a) See p. 30(T)
the posters in the class.
Suggested Answer Key
Name of landmark What it is Where it is
Old Casino building Constanta
Carpenters Tower tower Sibiu
Union Square square Timisoara
Theotokos Cathedral cathedral Napoca

31(T) thirty-one
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:15 PM Page 67

Project Time

1 Draw the map of Romania in your


notebook and complete it with the name of
the capital city and other cities/towns. Use
the symbols in the box to identify them. Put
photos of each city/town and label them.
Bucharest
(capital city)

Romania


ROMANIA
capital city

city/town
Arcul de Triumf,
Bucharest

2 Copy the headings below in your notebook. Collect


information about famous landmarks in each of the cities in Ex.1
and write it under the headings. Prepare a poster. Label the photos.

Name of the Landmark What it is (castle, bridge, wall, monument, tower, etc.) Where it is

Presentation Skills
Plan a trip to
the cities in 3 Use the map in Ex. 1 and your notes in Ex. 2 to present the
landmarks to the class.
Ex. 1. Draw an
itinerary. My country is famous for its landmarks. ... is a ... in ... . etc.

VALUES
National pride

a) Look at the flag of Romania. What do


4 the colours on it mean? Research information.
Tell the class.

b) Find flags of other countries with the same


colours as the Romanian flag. Tell the class.
Video thirty-one 31
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:16 PM Page 68

Reading 4 Label the pictures with the correct


seasons. Write in your notebook.
1 Decide if the sentences are R (right) or
spring winter autumn summer
W (wrong). Write in your notebook.
2 4
Famous Landmarks Video
1 3

4x1=4
The Sky Tower is in
The Willis Tower Auckland in New 5 Complete the missing months (1-6) in
is in Chicago in Zealand. It is a
your notebook. Then match the seasons
the USA. It is over great tower. It is
from Ex. 4 to the correct group of
40 years old. It is about 20 years old.
months. Write in your notebook.
a very tall and It is 328 metres in b
a
beautiful height. The top floor December 2 ...
building. It is just is 220 metres high.
1 ... 3 ...
under 445
metres tall. May
February

d
1. The Willis Tower is in the USA. c
September
2. The Willis Tower is over 445 metres tall. 4 ...
6 ...
3. The Sky Tower is a tall tower. July
November
4. The top floor at Sky Tower is 328 metres 5 ...
high. 4 x 4 = 16 6x1=6
Vocabulary Grammar

2 Write the countries in your notebook. 6 Write the correct possessive adjective
in your notebook.
1. Canadian ... 1. I ... 5. It ...
2. Portuguese ... 2. You ... 6. We ...
3. Brazilian ... 3. He ... 7. They ...
4. British ... 4. She ...
5. American ... 7x1=7
5x1=5
7 Fill in the gaps with: am/m, is/s, are/re.
3 Write the capital cities in your notebook. Write in your notebook.

1. the UK L ... 1. This landmark ... beautiful.


2. Australia C ... 2. I ... in Canada.
3. Canada O ... 3. We ... from China.
4. New Zealand W ... 4. They ... British.
4x1=4 4x1=4
32 thirty-two
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:16 PM Page 69

1
1 Answer Key
1 R 2 W 3 R 4 W
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.

2 Answer Key
1 Canada 3 Brazil 5 the USA
2 Portugal 4 the UK

3 Answer Key
1 London
2 Canberra
3 Ottawa
4 Wellington

4 Answer Key
1 autumn 3 winter
2 summer 4 spring

5 Answer Key
1 January 3 April 5 August
2 March 4 June 6 October

a 3 b 4 c 2 d 1

6 Answer Key
1 my 5 its
2 your 6 our
3 his 7 their
4 her

7 Answer Key
1 is/s 3 are/re
2 am/m 4 are/re

thirty-two 32(T)
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:16 PM Page 70

1
8 Answer Key
1 m not 2 isnt 3 arent 4 isnt

9 Answer Key
1 Is, is
2 Is, isnt
3 Are, are
4 Are, arent

10 Answer Key
1 My names Sam. Sam Jones.
2 And you?
3 How old are you?
4 Im eleven, too.

11 Answer Key
1 Banks
2 12
3 New Zealander
4 18th February

12 Suggested answer
Hello,
My name is Doru Vasilescu. Im 10 years old. Im
from Romania. My birthday is on 14th May.
What about you?
Write soon,
Doru

Competences
Ask Ss to assess their own performance in the
module by drawing stars according to how
competent they feel for each of the listed
activities.

33(T) thirty-three
05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1.qxp_05 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 1 10/3/17 2:16 PM Page 71

8 Fill in the gaps with: m not, isnt (x2) or Writing


arent. Write in your notebook.
12 Copy and complete the email to your
1. I ... Brazilian. English pen-friend in your notebook.
2. Jessica ... 10 years old. MAILBOX SEND

Hello,
3. We ... friends.
My name is ... . Im ... years old. Im from ... . My
4. The building ... tall. 4x1=4
birthday is ... .
What about you?
Write soon,
9 Complete the questions with: is (x2),
...
are (x2). Then answer them. Write in your
notebook. 18 points
Total: 100 points
1. ... Steve your friend? Yes, he ... . Competences
2. ... her name Carol? No, it ... .
3. ... you from the UK? Yes, we ... . Good Very good Excellent
4. ... Ted and Mary from Russia?
No, they ... .
Now I can ...
4x2=8
Vocabulary & Grammar
talk about countries, nationalities and places
Everyday English
talk about seasons, months, dates and ordinal
10 Complete the dialogue with:
numbers
Im eleven, too. How old are you? use possessive adjectives
My names Sam. Sam Jones. And you? Use the verb to be (negative)
Write in your notebook. Use the verb to be ( interrogative & short
A: Hello! Im Tom Sims. Whats your name? answers)
use when, how old and where
B: 1) ... Where are you from, Tom?
Reading
A: Im from the USA. 2) ...
match phrases to make complete sentences
B: Im from Canada. 3) ... identify R/W statements
A: Im eleven years old. And you? answer comprehension questions
B: 4) ... See you! 4 x 3 = 12 Listening
listen for specific information (gap fill)
Listening Speaking
introduce myself/others
11 Listen and complete the
ask for/give personal information
gaps (1-4) in your notebook.
present my country
Name: Tony 1. Nationality: 3. Writing
Age: 2. write a personal profile
Birthday: 4.
write a blog entry
4 x 3 = 12 use capital letters
thirty-three 33
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:18 PM Page 72

Family ties
Video mum & dad (parents)
Whats in this
module?
Vocabulary
- Family members
& Pets
- Appearance/
Personality Mary
- Activities/
Tom
Hobbies
Grammar
- Have got
- Possessive case Emma
(s/s of the)
- Plurals (regular/
irregular)
- Can (ability)

- ? Words sister (girl) / brother (boy)


Whose, Who
Everyday English Nick
- Describing a
family member
- Pronunciation:
\S\, \tS\
B
A

Anna
Vocabulary Vocabulary
Family members & Pets
dad = father
mum = mother
1 a) Listen and repeat. grandma = grandmother
granddad = grandfather
This is my
family. brother sister granddad grandma
uncle aunt dad mum
son daughter husband wife
cousin
34 thirty-four
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:18 PM Page 73

Family ties
Whats in this module?
Go through the Whats in this module? box and tell Ss
that these are the topics, skills and activities this unit
will cover.

1 a) To present vocabulary for family


members
Read out the Vocabulary box.
Play the recording. Ss listen and repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.

thirty-four 34(T)
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:18 PM Page 74

b) To practise vocabulary for family


members
Direct Ss attention to the pictures and
explain the task.
Ss complete the task. Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 aunt
3 brother
4 cousin
5 daughter
6 wife
7 mum/mother
8 grandma/grandmother
9 uncle
10 dad/father

2 To match pets to owners


Explain the task. Ask Ss to write the answers in
their notebooks.
Check Ss answers.
Suggested Answer Key
1 A 2 E 3 B 4 C 5 D

35(T) thirty-five
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 75

aunt & uncle


husband wife

Alex

Bob

Helen Lara

Jim

Sue

granddad & grandma (grandparents)

cousin (boy/girl)

C D

b) Look at Annas family and complete the sentences with words


from Ex. 1a. Write in your notebook.

1. Bob is Annas granddad. 6. Lara is Alexs ... .


2. Lara is Annas ... . 7. Mary is Nicks ... .
3. Nick is Annas ... . 8. Helen is Annas ... .
4. Sue is Annas ... . 9. Alex is Annas ... .
5. Anna is Marys ... . 10. Tom is Annas ... .

2 Match the pets in the pictures (A-E) to the owner(s) (1-5). Write in
your notebook.

Emma 1 A goldfish
Alex 2 B rabbit
Nick 3 C dog
Helen and Bob 4 D cat
Jim 5 E parrot
thirty-five 35
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 76

Video
G

F A E
B D
H I

B ritish
The a m ily
oya lF
R Queen Elizabeth II ( A ) is the Queen of the United Kingdom. She is the Head of State. Her husband
is Prince Philip ( B ), the Duke of Edinburgh. The Queen has got many pets, like birds, fish and
horses. Her favourite pets are her Corgi dogs.
The Queen and Prince Philip have got four children Prince Charles ( C ), Princess Anne ( D ), Prince
Andrew ( E ) and Prince Edward ( F ). Prince Charles has got Jack Russell dogs as pets.
Prince William ( G ) and Prince Harry ( H ) are the children of Prince Charles, and the grandchildren
of the Queen. They are very popular. Prince William has got a wife. Her name is Kate Middleton ( I ).
She is the Duchess of Cambridge. Shes very good-looking. Prince William and Kate have got two
children and an English Spaniel dog.
Check these words
A Jack
Reading royal Head of State good-looking
Russell

1 Listen to and read the text. Match the dogs (A-C) to their
owners (1-3). Write in your notebook.
English B
1. Queen Elizabeth II
Spaniel
2. Prince Charles
3. Prince William
C Decide if the sentences are R (right) or W (wrong). Write in your
Corgi
2 notebook.

1. Prince Philip is the Head of State of the United Kingdom.


2. The Queen has got two daughters and two sons.
3. Prince William and Prince Harry are brothers.
Note 4. Kate Middleton is beautiful.

In English, when we Complete the sentences in your notebook.


use two words to make 3
an adjective, e.g. noun
or verb, we join them
1. Queen Elizabeth is the Queen of ... .
with a hyphen (-). 2. The Queens husband is ... .
good-looking
3. They have got four ... .
4. Kate Middleton is Prince Williams ... .
36 thirty-six
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 77

1 To listen and read for gist


2a
Ask Ss to look at the picture and elicit Ss
guesses as to what it is about (The British
Royal Family). Then ask Ss to look at the
pictures of the types of dogs and guess
which royal owns which dog.
Play the recording. Ss listen and read and find
out.
Answer Key
1 C 2 A 3 B

2 To read for specific information


Give Ss time to read the text again and mark
the statements according to what they read.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 W 2 W 3 R 4 R
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.

3 To consolidate comprehension of a text


Read out the Note box.
Allow Ss time to review the text and complete
the sentences.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 the United Kingdom
2 Prince Phillip (the Duke of Edinburgh)
3 children
4 wife

thirty-six 36(T)
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 78

2a4 To consolidate new vocabulary 8 To prepare a quiz


Read out the words in the list and give Ss time Read out the Warning box.
to use them to complete the sentences. Give Ss time to use the Internet and find
Check Ss answers. videos of the Royal Family and then prepare
Answer Key a quiz.
1 popular 3 children Ask Ss to swap their quizzes and try to
2 grandchildren 4 good-looking complete them.
Then ask various Ss to read out the quizzes
and answers to the class.
5 To talk about and present the British
Royal Family Suggested Answer Key
1 Where the Queens home? (Buckingham
Explain the task and ask Ss to complete the
Palace)
sentences.
2 What is Prince Charles title? (The Prince of
Then ask various Ss to use the completed text
Wales)
to present the British Royal Family to the class.
3 Where is Prince Charles home? (Clarence
Answer Key House)
Queen Elizabeth II is the Queen of the United 4 Who are Prince Williams children? (Prince
Kingdom. Her husband is Prince Phillip, the Duke George and Princess Charlotte)
of Edinburgh. They've got four children: Prince 5 Who is Prince Edwards wife? (Sophie,
Charles, Princess Anne, Prince Andrew and Countess of Wessex)
Prince Edward. Prince Charles has got two sons:
Prince William and Prince Harry. Prince William
has got a wife. Her name's Kate Middleton.

6 To listen for specific information


Ask Ss to look at the pictures and think about
how many family members are in each one
and who they are.
Then play the recording. Ss listen and identify
which picture shows Simons family.
Answer Key
C

7 To write a blog post


Explain the task and give Ss time to copy and
complete the blog post in their notebooks.
Then ask Ss to swap paper with a partner
and correct each others work.
Suggested Answer Key
I've got a big family. My dad's name is Eugenl. He
is 42 years old. My mum's name is Sanda. She's
40 years old. I've got two brothers and one sister. I
haven't got a pet. My grandfather's name is
Grigore and my grandmother's name is Stela. I
love my family!

37(T) thirty-seven
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 79

Vocabulary

4 Complete the sentences with the words. Write in your notebook.


grandchildren popular children good-looking
1. My brother is very ... at school. Hes got many friends.
2. Jack and Susan are grandparents. They have got 6 ... .
3. My parents have got two ... my sister and me.
4. My cousin Julia is a ... girl.

Speaking

Complete the sentences about the British Royal


Queen Elizabeth II is the ... . Her 5 family in your notebook. Present the British Royal
husband is ... . Theyve got ... children:
... , ... , ... and ... . Prince Charles has family to the class.
got ... sons: ... and ... . Prince William
Listening
has got a ... . Her names ... .
Which picture shows Simons family? Listen and
6 write in your notebook.
B C
A

Writing (a post about your family)


Copy and complete the short post below about your family in your
7 notebook. Swap papers with your partner. Edit each others post.

WARNING: Update Status Add Photos/Video


Remember Hi everyone!
Internet safety
Ive got a big/small family. My dads name is ... . He is ... years old. My mums name
rules! Do not
give personal is ... . Shes ... years old. Ive got ... brother(s) and ... sister(s). Ive/havent got a pet.
information to My grandfathers name is ... and my grandmothers name is ... . I love my family!
people you
dont know. Friends only Post

Find videos of the Royal Family. Prepare a quiz for your


8 classmates.
thirty-seven 37
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 80

Have got (affirmative)

affirmative
full form short form
I
have got ve got
You
singular
He
She has got s got
It
We
plural

You have got ve got Ive got a dog.


They Shes got a cat.

Complete the sentences in your notebook. Use has got (x2)


1 or have got (x2).

1. I ... a cat. 3. My friend ... two dogs.


2. They ... a rabbit. 4. Tina ... a goldfish.

Look at the table and complete the sentences in your


2 notebook.

Gary Helen 1. Gary has got a brother.

brother 2. Helen ... a sister.


sister 3. They ... cousins.
cousins 4. Helen ... a dog.
dog 5. Gary ... a cat.
cat 6. They ... goldfish.
goldfish
Note

s is the short form of


Rewrite the sentences in your notebook, as in the examples.
the third person 3
singular (he/she/it) of
the verbs (have) and 1. Pauls from the UK. Paul is from the UK.
be (is).
2. Steves got a rabbit. Steve has got a rabbit.
Hes got a cat. = He
has got a cat. Hes 3. Marys American.
eleven. = He is eleven.
4. Tonys got a dog.
5. Bobs got a sister.
38 thirty-eight
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 81

1 To present and practise the verb have


2b
got (affirmative)
Present the verb have got. Read out the
examples. Then write them on the board.
Ask Ss to read the theory.
Explain the task and read out the example.
Ask Ss to complete the sentences.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 have got
2 have got
3 has got
4 has got

2 To practise the verb have got


(affirmative)
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to correct the sentences.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 has got 5 has got
3 have got 6 have got
4 has got

3 To consolidate comprehension of the


short form of the third-person singular of
have/be
Read out the Note box and then explain the
task and read out the examples.
Give Ss time to rewrite the remaining
sentences and then check their answers.
Answer Key
3 Mary is American.
4 Tony has got a dog.
5 Bob has got a sister.

thirty-eight 38(T)
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 82

2b4 To present and practise the verb have 6 To present whose


got (negative) Read out the ? Word box and present the
Present the verb have got. Read out the question word whose.
examples. Then write them on the board. Point to a students book and say: Whose
Ask Ss to read the theory. book is this? (Its Paulas.) Write it on the
Explain the task and read out the example. board. Indicate some desks in the classroom
Give Ss time to correct the sentences. and say: Whose desks are these? (They are
Check Ss answers. the students desks.) Write it on the board.
Answer Key Explain the task and read out the example.
2 No! Joey hasnt got a brother. Hes got a sister. Give Ss time to complete the remaining
3 No! They havent got a daughter. Theyve got a items.
son. Check Ss answers.
4 No! I havent got a fish. Ive got a bird. Answer Key
2 Whose dog is this? Its Marios dog.
5 To present/practise the possessive case 3 Whose cat is this? Its Tom and Peters cat.
(s/s of the) 4 Whose parrot is this? Its the girls parrot.

Read out the theory box and explain the


possessive case.
Give further examples and then give Ss time
to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 girls desk
2 colour of the bag
3 legs of the chair

39(T) thirty-nine
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 83

Have got (negative)

negative
full form short form
We havent got
homework today.
I
have not got havent got
You
singular He
She has not got hasnt got
It
We
plural

You have not got havent got


They

Correct the sentences as in the example. Write in your notebook.


4
1. Kelly has got a cat. (a dog) 2. Joey has got a brother. (a sister)
Whose is this No! Kelly hasnt got a cat.
notebook? 3. They have got a daughter. (a son)
She has got a dog.
4. I have got a fish. (a bird)
Its Nats
notebook. Possessive case (s/s of the)

Singular Plural (regular) Plural (irregular) two subjects


+ s + + s + s
Marys aunt the boys birds the mens pets Bob and Als dog
Note: We do not use s or s for objects. We use of the.
The door of the house is blue. (NOT: The houses door.)

Choose the correct answer. Write in your notebook.


5
1. Its the desk of the girls/girls desk.
2. The bags colour/colour of the bag is red.
3. The legs of the chair/chairs legs are blue.

? Word
Whose: asks about
possession
6 Form questions and answers as in the example. Write in your
notebook.

1. rabbit? Anns 2. dog? Marios


Whose is this rabbit? 3. cat? Tom and Peters
Its Anns rabbit. 4. parrot? the girls
thirty-nine 39
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 84

2c Vocabulary
Physical Appearance/Personality (Adjectives)

a) Listen and repeat.


1
Grammar Build Height Age
thin plump short tall young old
Adjectives
In English, adjectives
do not change in b) Choose the correct answer. Write in your notebook.
gender or in
number.
The girl is tall. The
boy is tall.
The girls are tall. The Tims a 1) thin/plump boy.
boys are tall. Alberts 2) thin/plump.
Adjective (position) Sam
The adjective goes Tim and Sam are 3) short/tall.
after the verb Marks 4) short/tall.
to be to but before Albert
a noun. Tim Tim, Albert and Mark are
Tom is young. 5) young/old boys.
Tom is a young boy.
Mark Sams a(n) 6) young/old man.

Listen and repeat. Match the adjectives to the pictures.


2 Write in your notebook. Then say or write.

1. clever 2. polite 3. funny 4. kind 5. friendly

Thank you!

A
B C D E

A: Shes polite. B: Hes clever.

Describe yourself and one of your family members to your


3 partner.

Im short and thin. Im funny. My uncle Mikes young.


Hes tall and thin. Hes clever.

40 forty
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 85

1 a) To present new vocabulary 3


2c
To practise new vocabulary; to describe
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to yourself and a family member
repeat chorally and/or individually. Explain the task and read out the example
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation. description.
Ask Ss to work in closed pairs and describe
b) To practise new vocabulary themselves and a family member to each
other.
Read out the Grammar box.
Monitor the activity around the class and
Explain the task and read out the
then ask some Ss to share their descriptions
example.
with the class.
Ask Ss to read the sentences and choose
the correct words according to the Suggested Answer Key
pictures. I'm short and thin. I'm friendly. My brother Bartosz
Check Ss answers around the class. is young. He's tall and thin. He's funny.
Answer Key
2 plump 4 short 6 old
3 tall 5 young

2 To present new vocabulary


Play the recording with pauses for Ss to
repeat chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
Read out the examples, then give Ss time to
match the adjectives to the pictures and
write them in their notebooks.
Ask various Ss around the class to say,
following the examples.
Answer Key
C 5 D 4 E 3
C: He's friendly.
D: She's kind.
E: He's funny.

forty 40(T)
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 86

2d1 To listen for specific information To pronounce /S/, /tS/


Ask Ss to look at the pictures Explain the task and play the recording.
Play the recording. Ss listen to the dialogue Ss listen and repeat chorally and/or
and decide who the people are. individually.
Answer Key Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
The boys are Barry and Nat. The tall, thin girl is
Jessica and the short girl is Hannah.

2 To read for specific information


Read out the ? Word box and present the
question word who.
Ask Ss to read the questions 1-3 and then
give them time to read the dialogue and
answer them.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 Jessica is tall.
2 Nat is Hannah's friend.
3 Hannah is very friendly.

3 To role play a dialogue


Explain the task.
Remind Ss that they can use the dialogue in
Ex. 1 as a model as well as the adjectives on
p. 40 to help them complete the task.
Monitor the activity around the class and
then ask some pairs to act out their dialogue
in front of the class.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Hi, Ileana. How are you?
B: Hi, Constantin. I'm great, thanks. And you?
A: Not bad. Hey, who's that boy over there?
B: Who? The short fat one?
A: No, that's my friend, Lucian. The tall one.
B: Oh, that's my cousin, Henry.
A: Where's he from?
B: The USA. He's American.
A: How old is he?
B: He's 10 and he's very funny. Come on, let's go
and say hello.
A: Cool!

41(T) forty-one
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 87

Everyday English 2d
? Word
Who: asks about 1
Describing a family member
Listen to the dialogue. Who are the people in the pictures?
person
Barry: Hi, Nat. How are you?
Nat: Hi, Barry. Im great, thanks. And you?
Barry: Not bad. Hey, whos that girl over there?
Nat: Who? ... The tall thin one?
Barry: No, thats my cousin Jessica. The short one.
Nat: Oh, thats my friend Hannah.
Barry: Wheres she from?
Nat: Shes from Australia.
Barry: How old is she?
Nat: Shes 11 and shes very friendly. Come on,
lets go and say hello.
Barry: Cool!

Read the dialogue. Answer the questions.


2
1. Who is tall? 2. Who is Hannahs friend? 3. What is Hannah like?

Use the adjectives on p. 40 to help you. Act out a similar dialogue.


3
A: Hi, ... . How are you?
B: Hi, ... . Im ... , thanks. And you?
A: ... . Whos that ... over there?
B: Who? ... The ... one?
A: No, thats ... . The ... one.
B: Oh, thats ... .
A: Wheres ... from ... ?
B: ... .
A: How old is ... ?
B: ... and ...s very ... . Come on, lets go and say hello.
A: Cool!

Pronunciation \S\, \tS\

Listen and repeat.

\S\ short, shirt, British \tS\ cheese, chair, Chinese forty-one 41


06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 88

Have you got


have got (interrogative & short answers) a sister?

Yes, I have. Her


interrogative short answers names Iris.
I Yes, I/you have.
Have
you No, I/you havent.
singular
he
Yes, he/she/it has.
Has she
got? No, he/she/it hasnt.
it
we Yes, we/you/they have.
plural

Have you No, we/you/they


they havent.

1 Match the questions to the answers. Write in your notebook.

Have you got a cat? 1 a Yes, they have.


Has Jack got a parrot? 2 b Yes, we have.
Have the children got bikes? 3 c No, she hasnt.
Has Julie got a sister? 4 d Yes, I have.
Have Zack and you got a cousin? 5 e No, he hasnt.

Fill in the gaps with: have (x3), has (x3), havent or hasnt. Write in
2 your notebook.

1. Have Ann and Tom got a pet dog? No, they havent.
2. ... you got a brother? Yes, I ... .
3. ... your best friend got a cat? Yes, he ... .
4. ... Mario got a goldfish? No, he ... .

Write sentences in your notebook, as in the example.


3
1. they/a big family? (Yes)
Have they got a big family? Yes, they have.
2. she/a brother? (No)
3. you/a sister? (No)
4. Mark/a rabbit? (Yes)
5. You and Maria/a dog? (Yes)
42 forty-two
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 89

1 To present and practise the verb have 3 To practise the verb have got
2e
got (interrogative & short answers) (interrogative & short answers)
Present the interrogative form of have got. Explain the task and then read out the
Point to a S and ask: Has Tim got a dog? (Yes, example.
he has.) Ask: Has Tim got a cat? (No, he Give Ss time to complete the task and then
hasnt.) Write these on the board and check Ss answers.
underline Has got, Yes, he has. /No, he Answer Key
hasnt. 2 Has she got a brother? No, she hasnt.
Explain that the last two sentences are short 3 Have you got a sister? No, I havent.
answers. Elicit from Ss how short answers are 4 Has Mark got a rabbit? Yes, he has.
formed (Yes + personal pronoun/noun + 5 Have you and Maria got a dog? Yes, we have.
have/has No + personal/pronoun/noun +
havent/hasnt).
Ask Ss to read the theory box and then read
out the examples.
Give Ss time to complete the task and then
check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 d 2 e 3 a 4 c 5 b

2 To practise the verb have got


(interrogative & short answers)
Explain the task and then read out the
example.
Give Ss time to complete the task and then
check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 Have, have
3 Has, has
4 Has, hasnt

forty-two 42(T)
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:19 PM Page 90

2e4 To present/practise plurals (regular)


Direct Ss attention to the theory box.
Read the theory aloud and make sure Ss
understand how to form plural nouns.
Then give Ss time to write the plurals in their
notebooks.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 brushes
2 babies
3 boxes
4 girls
5 buses
6 boys
7 scarves

5 To present/practise plurals (irregular)


Read out the Grammar box.
Read through the items and elicit the plurals
from Ss around the class.
Answer Key
2 men 3 children 4 teeth

43(T) forty-three
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 91

Plurals (regular)

Nouns most s, ss, sh, ch, vowel consonant


+y f, fe
ending in nouns x, o +y
+ + + y+ f/fe +
Plural endings
-s -es -s -ies -ves
Examples

Singular
apple dress key butterfly leaf

Plural
apples dresses keys butterflies leaves

Write the plurals of the words in the list in your notebook.


4
1. brush 2. baby 3. box 4. girl 5. bus 6. boy 7. scarf

2 3 4
1

two ... two ... two ... two ...


7
5 6

two ... two ... two ...


Grammar
Plurals (irregular)
There are no rules
Complete the gaps with the correct word. Write in your notebook.
for irregular plurals. 5
You have to learn
them by heart. 2 3
woman women, 4
foot feet

1
one person one child one tooth
one man
four people four ... two ...
three ...

forty-three 43
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 92

Video

Not all families are the same.


Some are more unusual than others!

Superman is from th
His home on Earth
e planet Krypton. Supergirl is Supermans cousin. She is
e is Kara
is in Smallville, USA.
His from Krypton, too! Her real nam
name is Clark Ke names
Jonathan and Marth
nt. His parents
are Zor-El. She has got a sister. Her
beautiful.
a Kent. He has got
friend Lois Lane, an a be st Alex. Supergirl is short, thin and
has got a
Superdog! He is ta
d a pet dog Krypto
the She is ver y kind and friendly. She
cousin!
has got a red and bl
ll and strong. Supe
rman red and blue outfit, just like her
invisible.
on the front.He can
ue outfit with a big re
d S She can fly very fast and become
, but
objects. Hes a grea
fly very fast and lift
he avy She is only a beginner superhero
t hero! shes really brave!

Reading
Check these words
Listen to and read the texts. Then, match the sentences
strong outfit 1 to the correct characters below. Write in your notebook.
beginner brave
Who ...
is Supermans best friend? 1 a Supergirl.
has got a pet? 2 b Lois Lane.
Culture Spot
has got a sister? 3 c Superman and Supergirl.
Captain Britain is a has got a red and blue outfit? 4 d Superman.
famous superhero in
the UK. His real name
Decide if the sentences are R (right) or W (wrong). Write in your
is Brian Braddock. 2 notebook.
1. Supermans home is in the USA.
2. The name of Supermans dog is Lois.
3. Superman and Supergirl are from the same place.
4. Supergirl is tall.

Speaking
Whos a famous
Present one of the superheroes to the class.
superhero in
your country?
3
Superman is from Krypton. His name is Clark Kent. etc.
44 forty-four
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 93

1 To predict the content of a text; to listen 3


2f
To present a superhero; to consolidate
and read for gist information in a text
Direct Ss attention to the pictures and ask if Allow Ss time to look through the text again
they know anything about Superman/ and present one of the superheroes to the
Supergirl. class.
Allow Ss time to read the questions and Elicit answers from Ss around the class.
answers. Suggested Answer Key
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the Superman is from the planet Krypton. He lives in
texts and complete the task. Smallville, USA. His name is Clark Kent.
Check Ss answers. Supermans mother is Martha Kent and his father
Answer Key is Jonathan Kent. Supermans best friend is Lois
1 b 2 d 3 a 4 c Lane. His dog is Krypto. His cousin is Kara Zor-El.
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the Culture Spot
words in the Check these words box.
Read out the box and then give Ss time to
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
research online and find a famous superhero
comments.
from their country. Ask Ss to present him/her to
the class.
2 To read for specific information
Suggested Answer Key
Allow Ss time to read the text again and mark
Harap Alb is a famous superhero in Romania. His
the statements according to what they read.
real name is Stefan. He is brave and very clever.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 R 2 W 3 R 4 W

forty-four 44(T)
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 94

2f4 To present activities & hobbies Check Ss answers.


Ask Ss to look at the pictures. Play the video for Ss and elicit their
Play the recording. Ss listen and repeat comments.
chorally and/or individually. Answer Key
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation. 1 Missouri 3 strong 5 Wally West
2 Allen 4 clever
5 To present can; to practise can
(interrogative & short answers) 7 To make a poster
Present can. Say, then write on the board: I can Explain the task and give Ss time to think of
play football. Underline the word can and their favourite cartoon characters and make
explain that it shows that we are able to do sth. a poster following the directions.
Say, then write on the board: I cant do martial Ask various Ss to present their poster to the
arts. Underline the word cant and explain that class.
this word shows that we are unable to do sth. Suggested Answer Key
Ask Ss to read the table. Point out that
can/cant is the same in all persons.
Ask Ss to ask and answer in pairs following
the example using the sports in Ex. 4.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Can you sing?
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant.
A: Can you dance? My Favourite Cartoon Characters: The Simpsons
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant. etc.
The Simpsons are a family from the USA. Homer
A: Can you do swim? Simpson is the dad, he is fat and friendly. Marge
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant. Simpson is the mum. Marge is tall and thin. She is
A: Can you ride a bike? very polite. Bart Simpson is the son. He is short. He
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant. is very funny and he can skateboard. His sisters
A: Can you cook? are Lisa and Maggie. Lisa is very clever and she
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant. can play the saxophone. Maggie is short and
has got a blue outfit. The Simpsons are great!
A: Can you surf?
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant.
A: Can you draw? To create superheroes
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant. Give Ss time to create their own superheroes.
A: Can you play football? Ask various Ss to present their superheroes to
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant. the class.
A: Can you play the guitar?
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant. (Ss own answers)

6 To listen for specific information


Explain the task and ask Ss to read through the
gapped text about the superhero and think
about what information may be missing. (e.g. 1
noun, 2 noun, 3 adjective, 4 adjective, 5 noun)
Play the recording. Ss listen and fill the gaps.

45(T) forty-five
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 95

Vocabulary
Activities & hobbies
Listen and repeat:
4

sing jump dance swim ride a bike

cook surf draw play football play the guitar

Read the table. Ask and answer questions about the activities in Ex. 4.
5
can
Affirmative Negative
I/You/He etc. can play tennis. I/You/He etc. cant dance.
Interrogative & short answers
Can I/you/he etc. ride a bike? Yes, I/you/he etc. can. No, I/you/he etc. cant.

A: Can you jump? B: Yes, I can./No, I cant.

Listening
Listen and complete the gaps (1-5) in your notebook.
6
Name: The Flash

Create your
Where from: 1) ..., USA Video
Real name: Barry 2) ...
own
Appearance: tall and 3) ...
superheroes.
Character: 4) ...
Present them
to the class. Family: husband of Iris West, uncle of 5) ... (the third Flash)

Writing (a poster of your favourite cartoon characters)


Make a poster of your favourite cartoon characters. Present it to the class.
7 Say who they are and what they can do.
forty-five 45
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 96

Video

dog cat
frog
canary

Animals butterfly

parrot
A mammal is an animal that can drink milk from its mother.
Most mammals, such as dogs and cats, have got fur.
A bird is an animal that has got feathers, two wings and two legs.
Most birds, such as canaries and parrots, can fly, but penguins cant.
We can find fish in the water. Most fish, for example trout, have got fins and
scales.
An insect is an animal that has got three main body parts and six legs. Some
insects, such as butterflies, have got wings.
An amphibian can live some time in the water and some time on land. Most
amphibians, such as frogs, have got smooth skin.

Check these words trout


fur fin scale
Reading
smooth skin
Listen to and read the text and decide if the sentences are R
1 (right) or W (wrong). Write in your notebook.
penguin
1. Mammals have got scales. 4. Fish have got fur.
2. Birds have got feathers. 5. Some insects have got wings.
3. All birds can fly. 6. Amphibians cant live in water.

Speaking
Use the photos to present one of the types of animals to the
2 class.
Dogs and cats are mammals. They drink milk from their mothers.
Theyve got fur.

Project
Create a poster. Collect photos of various types of
3 animals. Classify them under the headings: mammals, birds, fish,
insects, amphibians. Label the animals. Display your poster in
class.
46 forty-six
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 97

1 To read for specific information


2
Suggested Answer Key
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the MAMMALS
text and the statements and then mark them
as right or wrong.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 W 3 W 5 R elephant
fox
2 R 4 W 6 W
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the BIRDS
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments. peacock

2 To present a type of animal


Explain the task and then ask various Ss around eagle
the class to present a type of animal to the class
using the photos. FISH
Suggested Answer Key
Trout are fish. We can find fish in the water. They
have got fins and scales.

parrotfish
3 To create a poster clown fish
Explain the task and ask Ss to work in small
groups. INSECTS
Give Ss time to collect information about
various types of animals as well as pictures of
them.
Tell Ss to classify them and label them.
Ask various groups to present their poster to mosquito
butterfly
the class and then display them around the
class. AMPHIBIANS
As an extension, you may add the category
reptiles and ask Ss to include this on their
poster. salamander
toad

forty-six 46(T)
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 98

2 1 To create a family tree David. He is 36 years old. Hes tall and thin. Hes
Explain the situation and give Ss time to funny and in his free time he likes watching
complete the task and draw pictures. sports. Her mum is Louise. She is 32 years old.
Ask various Ss to present Mias family tree to Louise is short and thin. Shes very polite and likes
the class. dancing. Mias uncle is Ben. Hes 35 years old. He
is tall and plump. He is very friendly and in his
(Ss own Answers)
free time he likes fishing. His wife is Marie. Marie is
Mias aunt. She is 30 years old. Shes tall and thin.
2 To complete a table Shes kind and likes cooking. This is Mias brother.
Ask Ss to copy the table into their notebooks His name is Thomas and he is 8 years old. Hes
and complete it with information about each short and thin. Hes very funny, too and likes
family member form the family tree in Ex. 1. swimming. Mias cousins name is Daphne. She is
Elicit answers from Ss around the class. 7 years old. Shes tall and thin. Shes very clever
and in her free time she likes running.
Suggested Answer Key
Family
Name Age Appearance Personality Hobbies 4 To draw a family tree
member
short and Give Ss time to complete the task and draw
grandma Betty 61 kind painting pictures.
plump
watching Ask various Ss to present their family tree to
dad David 36 tall and thin funny the class.
sports
mum Louise 32 short and thin polite dancing (Ss own Answers)
tall and
uncle Ben 35 friendly fishing
plump 5 a) To discuss sayings
aunt Marie 30 tall and thin kind cooking
Read the sayings aloud and give Ss time to
brother Thomas 8 short and thin funny swimming
consider what they mean and discuss them in
cousin Daphne 7 tall and thin clever running pairs. Then elicit explanations from various Ss.

Suggested Answer Key


To create an album The first saying means that our family is more
important than anything else in life.
Explain the task and assign it as HW. Ask Ss to
The second saying means that when you are
present their albums in the next lesson.
having problems, the people in your family
(Ss own answers) are the best people to support you.

b) To develop critical thinking


3 To present Mias family
skills
Ask various Ss to present Mias family to the class Explain the task and read out the words.
using the family tree from Ex. 1 and the notes Give Ss time to complete the sentence and
from Ex. 2. then elicit answers from Ss around the class.
Suggested Answer Key Play the video for Ss and elicit their
This is Mias family. Her grandads name is Jerry. comments.
He is 63 years old. He is tall and fat. He is funny Suggested Answer Key
and likes reading. Mias grandma is Betty. She is everything
61 years old. She is short and plump. Shes very
kind and likes painting. Mias dads name is

47(T) forty-seven
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 99

Project Time 2

1 Mia is the hero of your new book A Day in the Life of Mia.
Create a family for Mia. Copy the family tree below and
draw the pictures of the people in her family.

Create an
album with granddad grandma
your and your
familys
hobbies.

dad mum uncle aunt

Mia brother/sister cousin

2 Copy and complete the table below for each of Mias family
members in your notebook.

Family member Name Age Appearance Personality Hobbies


granddad Jerry 63 tall and fat funny reading

Presentation Skills

3 Use the family tree in Ex. 1 and your notes in Ex. 2 to present
Mias family to the class.

This is Mias Family. Her granddads name is Jerry. He is 63 years old. He is


tall and fat. He is funny. etc.

4 Draw your family tree. Present it to the class.


thing. Its everything.
Family is not an important
Michael J. Fox
VALUES In time of test, family is be
Family st.
Burmese Proverb
a) Discuss the sayings.
5
b) Complete the sentence in your notebook.
Use one of these words: the best, everything, special.
My family is ... .
Video forty-seven 47
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 100

Reading Grammar
Decide if the sentences are R (right) or Fill in the gaps with the correct form of
1 W (wrong). Write in your notebook.
4 have got. Write in your notebook.
1. Jane ... two brothers. ()
Video 2. ... Henry and Bob ... a sister? (?)
Posted by Jimmy 3. We ... a pet. ()
Hi guys! Who is your Offline Joined: 10/8
4. I ... long brown hair. ()
favourite hero? Newbie Posts: 14 5. ... Jim ... any cousins? (?)
Hi, 6. My grandma ... a dog. ()
6 x 2 = 12
My name is Dan and Im from London. My favourite
hero is Captain Britain. He is from Essex in the UK
Complete the sentences with can () or
and his real name is Brian Braddock. He is a clever 5 cant ().
man. He is an amazing hero!
1. They do martial arts. ()
1. Dan is from Essex. 2. Ann do gymnastics. ()
2. Captain Britain is a superhero. 3. We play football. ()
3. Essex isnt in the UK. 4. You play basketball. ()
4. Captain Britains real name is Dan 5. I run fast. ()
Braddock. 5x1=5

5. Captain Britain is clever.


5 x 3 = 15
Choose the correct answer. Write in
6 your notebook.
Vocabulary
Complete the pairs in your notebook. 1. Anns/Anns brother is tall.
2
1. mum d ... 2. The houses door/door of the house is
blue.
2. grandma g ...
3. The girls cat/cat of the girl is Fluffy.
3. uncle a ...
4. The bikes of the boys/boys bikes are
4. brother s ...
red.
5. wife h ... 5. The legs of the chair/chairs legs are
6. son d ... 6x1=6 pink. 5x1=5

Look at the picture and choose


3 the correct answer. Write in your 7 Write the plural of the words below in
your notebook.
notebook.
1. child ... 6. man ...
Amanda is tall/short 2. box ... 7. foot ...
and thin/fat. 3. toy ... 8. watch ...
4. baby ... 9. girl ...
Shes also very old/young. 5. class ... 10. wife ...
2x1=2 10 x 1 = 10
48 forty-eight
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 101

2
1 Answer Key 5 Answer Key
1 W 2 R 3 W 4 W 5 R 1 cant
2 can
2 Answer Key 3 can
4 cant
1 dad
5 can
2 granddad
3 aunt
4 sister 6 Answer Key
5 husband 1 Anns
6 daughter 2 door of the house
3 girls cat
3 Answer Key 4 boys bikes
5 legs of the chair
thin, young

7 Answer Key
4 Answer Key
1 children 6 men
1 has got
2 boxes 7 feet
2 Have, got
3 toys 8 watches
3 havent got
4 babies 9 girls
4 have got
5 classes 10 wives
5 Has, got
6 hasnt got

forty-eight 48(T)
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 102

2
8 Answer Key
1 Hey, whos that boy over there?
2 The short thin one?
3 Thats my friend, Joey.
4 Lets go and say hello.

9 Answer Key
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 C 5 C

10 Suggested Answer Key


Hello,
My cousin's name is Nandru. He is 12 years old.
He is short and thin. He is funny and clever.
What about you?
Write soon,
Sorina

Competences
Ask Ss to assess their own performance in the
module by drawing stars according to how
competent they feel for each of the listed
activities.

49(T) forty-nine
06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2.qxp_06 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 2 10/3/17 2:20 PM Page 103

MAILBOX SEND
Everyday English
Hello,
8 Complete the dialogue with: My ... name is ... . He/She is ... years old.
Lets go and say hello. He/Shes ... . He/She is ... .
What about you?
Thats my friend Joey.
Write soon,
Hey, whos that boy over there? ...
The short thin one?
18 points
Write in your notebook. Total:100 points

A: Hi Jade. 1) ...
Competences
B: Who? ... 2) ...
A: No. 3) ... The tall one. Good Very good Excellent
B: Oh, thats my cousin Eric. Hes eleven Now I can ...
and hes very kind. 4) ...
Vocabulary & Grammar
A: Cool!
4 x 3 = 12 talk about family members and pets
talk about physical appearance
Listening & personality
talk about hobbies and activities
For questions 1-5, choose the correct
9 answer (A, B or C). Write in your notebook.
use have got
use possessive case
1. Who is Jane? use plurals
A Annas aunt B Annas sister use can (ability)
C Annas mum
use whose and who
2. How many brothers has Anna got? Reading
A 2 B 3 C 5
match phrases to make sentences
3. How old is Annas dad? identify R/W statements
A 35 B 40 C 42 answer comprehension questions
4. Who is Alex?
A Annas granddad B Annas cousin Listening
C Annas uncle listen for specific information (gap fill)
5. Whos Annas aunt? Speaking
A Helen B Sue C Kelly present myself/others
ask for/give personal information
5 x 3= 15 present a family
Writing present types of animals
Writing
10 Copy and complete the email to your
English pen-friend about one of your
write a personal profile
family members in your notebook. write a blog entry
use capital letters

forty-nine 49
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 104

A
Whats in this
module? 1
Vocabulary 2
- Rooms in a house
- Furniture & 3
Appliances
- Public places
near my house
- Signs in public D
places
Grammar
- There is/There are 10
(affirmative & 11 12
13
negative)
- Prepositions of
place
- a/an some
any
14
- there is/there are garden
(interrogative &
short answers)
- this/these- 15
that/those
Everyday English Vocabulary
- Describing your Rooms/Places of a house
home
Match the rooms (1-5) to the pictures (A-E).
- Pronunciation: 1 Write in your notebook.
\A\, \O\
Listen and check, then repeat.

1. childs bedroom C
2. kitchen
3. bathroom
4. parents bedroom
5. living room

50 fifty
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 105

Home, sweet home


Whats in this module?
Go through the Whats in this module? box and tell Ss
that these are the topics, skills and activities this unit
will cover.

1 To match rooms to pictures


Ask Ss to look at the pictures and then read
out the rooms in the list.
Then give Ss time to match the rooms to the
pictures.
Play the recording for Ss to check their
answers.
Play the recording again with pauses for Ss to
repeat chorally and/or individually.
Answer Key
2 D 3 B 4 A 5 E
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.

fifty 50(T)
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 106

2 To present vocabulary for furniture & 4 To ask and answer questions and
appliances consolidate the new vocabulary
Tell Ss to point to the numbered items. Ask Ss to work in pairs and ask and answer
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat questions following the example.
chorally and/or individually. Monitor the activity around the class.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation. Suggested Answer Key
A: Where are the curtains?
3 To categorise vocabulary B: They are in the parents bedroom.
Explain the task. Ask Ss to write the headings A: Wheres the toilet?
into their notebooks. B: Its in the bathroom.
Ask Ss to work in pairs and write all the words
in Ex. 2 under the correct headings. A: Wheres the desk?
Check Ss answers. B: Its in the childs bedroom.
Suggested Answer Key A: Wheres the coffee table?
B: Its in the living room. etc.
furniture appliances other
bed cooker curtains
wardrobe fridge pillows
desk lamp toilet
cupboards bath
table washbasin
chairs carpet
sofa sink
coffee table
armchair
bookcase

51(T) fifty-one
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 107

Video
B C

9
4
5
6

20
garage
18

17 19
16

Furniture & Appliances


Listen, point and say.
2
1. curtains 6. washbasin 11. sink 16. sofa
2. pillows 7. wardrobe 12. cooker 17. coffee table
3. bed 8. carpet 13. fridge 18. lamp
4. toilet 9. desk 14. table 19. armchair
5. bath 10. cupboards 15. chairs 20. bookcase

List the words in Ex.2 under the headings. furniture appliances


3 Write in your notebook.
other
bed cooker curtains

Ask and answer questions, as in the example.


4
A: Wheres the bed? B: Its in the childs/parents bedroom.
fifty-one 51
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 108

Reading

A
1 Look at the pictures. What kind of room
can you see?

Check these words


Video quiet street floor
footballer wall

Hi Mark,
How are you? Im so happy with my new house! Its
in a quiet street near a park and theres a garden
outside. My house is big. Theres a large living room,
a nice kitchen and two bedrooms. The living room
and the kitchen are downstairs. My favourite room
B is my bedroom. Its on the first floor. Theres a bed, a
desk and a bookcase in it. The curtains are blue.
There are posters of my favourite footballers, too.
Please, come and see me! How about this
Saturday? Let me know.
Write back,
Peter

2 Listen to and read the email. Which picture is Peters room?

3 Read again and decide if the sentences are R (right) or


W (wrong) or DS (doesn't say). Write in your notebook.
1. Peters new house has got a garden.
2. There are three bedrooms.
3. His bedroom is downstairs.
4. Peters bedroom has got a balcony.
5. Peter has got posters in his room.

4 Answer the questions. Write in your notebook.


1. Where is Peters house?
2. Is his house big?
3. What rooms are downstairs?
4. What colour are the curtains in his room ?
52 fifty-two
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 109

1 To listen and read for gist 4


3a
To consolidate comprehension of a text
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and elicit Ss Explain the task and allow Ss time to review
guesses as to what type of rooms they are. the text and then answer the questions.
Play the recording. Ss listen and read to find Check Ss answers.
out. Answer Key
Answer Key 1 Peters house is in a quiet street near a park.
The rooms are bedrooms. 2 Yes, Peters house is big.
3 Downstairs theres a living room and a
2 To listen and read for gist kitchen.
4 The curtains in his room are blue.
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the
email.
Elicit which of the two rooms in the pictures is
Peters room.
Answer Key
B

3 To read for specific information


Give Ss time to read the text again and mark
the statements according to what they read.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 R 2 W 3 W 4 DS 5 R
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.

fifty-two 52(T)
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 110

3a5 To present adjectives and match them 8 To write an email


to their opposites Explain the task and give Ss time to write an
Read out the Note box. email following the directions.
Read out the adjectives in the list and Ask various Ss to read out their emails to the
explain/elicit their meanings. class.
Then give Ss time to find the opposites in the Suggested Answer Key
text. Hi Rachel,
Check Ss answers. How are you? My new house is on a quiet street.
Answer Key Its got a large garden. Theres a nice kitchen, a
1 new big living room and three bedrooms. In my
2 quiet bedroom, theres a bed, a desk and a wardrobe.
3 large The walls are green and there are posters on
4 nice them.
Please, come and see me!
6 To present/practise vocabulary for parts Write back,
of a house Violeta

Explain the task and then give Ss time to


complete the gaps in the sentences 1-5.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 walls
2 balcony
3 garden
4 door
5 windows

7 To compare two houses


Explain the task and read out the example
sentences.
Ask various Ss around the class to make
comparisons between their house and Peters
house.
Suggested Answer Key
Peters house is big. My house is big, too.
Peters house is near a park. My house isnt near
a park.
Peters house has a garden. My house has a
garden, too.
Peters house has two bedrooms. My house has
three bedrooms.
Peters bedroom has posters. My bedroom has
posters, too.

53(T) fifty-three
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 111

Note 5 Find the adjectives in the text that are the opposites to the
adjectives below. Write in your notebook.
Learn words with
1. old house house
their opposites.
This helps you 2. noisy street street
remember them.
thin plump
3. small living room living room
4. horrible kitchen kitchen

Vocabulary
Parts of a house
Fill in the gaps with: door, walls,
6 balcony, window and garden.
wall
Write in your notebook.
balcony
1. Emmas bedroom has got
yellow ... .
2. Theres a big ... with chairs and
window
a table upstairs.
3. There are beautiful flowers in
the ... .
4. Come in! The ... is open.
door 5. There are curtains in
front of the ... in our
living room.
garden

Speaking

Compare Peters house to your house.


7
Peters house is big. My house is big, too.
Peters house is near a park. My house isnt near a park.

Writing

Write an email to your English-speaking friend (50-60 words). In


8 your email: explain where your house is, say how many rooms
there are, describe your bedroom, invite him/her to visit.

fifty-three 53
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 112

This is my bedroom.
There is a bed, a desk and
a chair in it. There are
posters on the
There is There are (affirmative & negative) wall, too.

form singular plural


affirmative There is/s There are

negative There isnt/is not There arent/are not


Grammar

Fill in the gaps with is, isnt, are or arent. Write in your notebook.
We use this/these
for people/things
1
near us. In the living room, ...
We use that/those
for people/things 1. there ... a sofa. () 4. there ... a carpet. ()
far from us.
2. there ... four pictures. () 5. there ... books in the bookcase. ()
3. there ... a coffee table. () 6. there ... two armchairs. ()

Describe the picture as in the example.


2 Use the prompts in the box to help you.

There are windows in the room.

carpet chair
window
desk bed
bookcase
lamp curtains
wardrobe

This/These That/Those

Look at the picture. Write what Mary says in your notebook.


3
4 5 6 7

1 3

Point to things near/far from you in the classroom and make


4 sentences. Use this/these, that/those.
This is my desk.
54 fifty-four
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 113

1 To present/practise there is there are 4


3b
To practise this/these, that/those
(affirmative & negative) Ask various Ss around the class to point to
Read out the Grammar box. different things and make sentences following
Explain the task and read out the cartoon. the example.
Go through the table. Then allow Ss some time Suggested Answer Key
to complete the gaps. That is your chair.
Check Ss answers. This is my pencil case.
Answer Key These are my books.
1 is 4 isnt Those are your pencils. etc
2 arent 5 are
3 is 6 arent

2 To practise there is there are


Explain the task and read out the example.
Allow Ss some time to complete the task using
the prompts.
Check Ss answers around the class.
Answer Key
There is a bookcase in the room. There isnt a
wardrobe in the room. There is a carpet in the
room. There is a desk in the room. There isnt a
lamp in the room. There is a chair in the room.
There is a bed in the room. There arent any
curtains in the room.

3 To practise this/these that/those


Ask Ss to look at the pictures and elicit what
they show (cap, keys, watch, posters, boxes,
guitar, dress).
Explain the task and give an example (e.g.
This is my cap.)
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 This is my cap.
2 These are my keys.
3 This is my watch.
4 Those are my posters.
5 Those are my boxes.
6 That is my guitar.
7 That is my dress.

fifty-four 54(T)
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:03 PM Page 114

3b5 To present prepositions of place 7 To write a short blog post


Read out the theory. Ask Ss to write a short description of their
Present prepositions of place using your book. bedroom.
Put your book on the desk, then ask and Give Ss time to complete the task and then
answer: Wheres my book? (Its on the desk.) check Ss answers around the class.
Put your book in your bag, then ask and Suggested Answer Key
answer: Wheres my book? (Its in my bag.), Hello, friends!
etc. Present the rest of prepositions of place in My bedroom is big. There is a desk and a chair
the same way. Then put your book in various opposite the bookcase. There are two beds
places in the classroom and ask Ss to tell you one for me and one for my sister. There are
its location. purple curtains in front of the windows and
Refer Ss to the drawings and ask Ss to say posters on the walls.
where the cat is. Its great!
Suggested Answer Key
The cat is on the ball. The cat is under the ball.
The cat is in front of the ball. The cat is behind
the ball. The cat is near the ball. The cat is
opposite the ball. The cat is below the ball. The
cat is above the ball.

Game!
Ask Ss to follow the directions and play the game
as a class. Make sure each student has a turn at
asking questions.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Is the ball under the table?
B: No, it isnt.
A: Is the ball in the cupboard?
B: Yes, it is. etc.

6 To practise prepositions of place


Ask Ss to look at the picture and then read the
text and choose the correct prepositions.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 under 3 on 5 near
2 opposite 4 above

55(T) fifty-five
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:04 PM Page 115

Prepositions of place

er in front of beh
in nd ind
We use

u
One student
goes outside on prepositions
the classroom. of place to
Hide the ball. opposite show where
ar someone or
The student ne
ve
abo something is.
asks questions w
b elo
to find the ball.

Look at the pictures above. Look and say.


5
The cat is in the ball.

Choose the correct preposition. Write in your notebook.


6

This is my bedroom. It has got red


curtains and a carpet 1) under/in
front of the bed. There is a white
bookcase 2) opposite/behind the
window. There is a lamp 3) on/in the
bookcase. There are pictures
4) above/on the bed and there is an
armchair 5) below/near the window.
Its great!

Writing (a short post describing your bedroom)


Post a description of your bedroom. Use the text in Ex. 6 as a
7 model. Write in your notebook.

Update Status Add Photos/Video


Hello, friends!
My bedroom is ... . There is ... . There are ... .
Its great!
Friends only Post

fifty-five 55
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:04 PM Page 116

3c Vocabulary
Public places near my house

Video 1 a) Label the pictures with: cinema, park, hospital, library, gym,
supermarket. Write in your notebook.
1 2 3

4 5 6

b) Listen and check. Then, repeat.

Speaking

Tell your partner which places there are/arent near your


1 2 house.

Near my house, there is a cinema, a gym and a park. There isnt a


library.

Announcements & Messages in public places


2
Look at the pictures below. In which of the places in Ex.1a can
3 you see them? What do they mean?
6
4

3 5

56 fifty-six
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:04 PM Page 117

1 a) To present new vocabulary


3c
Ask Ss to look at the pictures. Read out the
words in the list and give Ss time to use them
to label the pictures.
Answer Key
1 supermarket
2 cinema
3 hospital
4 park
5 library
6 gym

b) To present new vocabulary


Play the recording. Ss listen and check
their answers.
Play the recording again with pauses for Ss
to repeat chorally and/or individually.

2 To talk about places near your house


Ask Ss to take turns and tell their partner
about which places there are/arent near
their houses, following the example.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Suggested Answer Key
Near my house, there is a park, a library and a
supermarket. There isn't a cinema.

3 To read for comprehension


Ask Ss to look at the pictures and elicit in
which of the places in Ex. 1 you can see each
of the signs.
Then elicit what they mean from various Ss
around the class.
Suggested Answer Key
1 library do not use your mobile phone
2 park do not walk on the grass
3 hospital only emergency vehicles can park
here
4 supermarket please return your trolley here
5 cinema the film showing at the moment
6 gym shower before you use the pool

fifty-six 56(T)
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:04 PM Page 118

3d1 a) To read for cohesion and coherence


A B
Ask Ss to read the sentences A-D and then Your house is ! Thanks. Whats
give them time to read the dialogue and (Comment on house) your house like?
complete the gaps. (Thank & ask
Check Ss answers. about As house)
Answer Key
1 B 2 C 3 D 4 A Its There is Is your room ?
(Describe house) (Ask about room)
b) To read for specific information
Yes. Theres a and Is there a ?
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and then give (Respond & describe (Ask about a
them time to read the dialogue again and bedroom) feature)
decide which picture shows Barrys bedroom.
Answer Key No, there isnt. But Ask reason.
B (Respond & comment) (Whys that?)

Because theres
2 To act out a dialogue
(Give reason)
Play the recording for Ss to check their
answers in Ex. 1.
Then ask Ss to work in pairs, take roles and act Suggested Answer Key
out the dialogue. A: Your house is great!
Play the video for Ss and elicit their comments. B: Thanks. Whats your house like?
A: Its quite big. There is a living room and a
3 To complete exchanges kitchen downstairs. Upstairs there are three
bedrooms and two bathrooms.
Explain the task and read out the example. B: Is your room big?
Then give Ss time to complete the task. A: Yes, it is. Theres a bed, a desk with a computer
Check Ss answers. on it, a bookcase, a wardrobe and a carpet
Answer Key on the floor.
2 Is there a garage? B: Is there a balcony?
3 Is your room big? A: No, there isnt but thats OK.
4 Is it near a park? B: Whys that?
A: Because theres a really big garden outside.
4 To role play a dialogue
Explain the situation. To pronounce /a/, /c/
Remind Ss that they can use the dialogue in Explain the task and play the recording.
Ex. 1 as a model as well as any ideas of their Ss listen and tick the correct box. Check Ss
own to complete the task. answers.
Ss complete the task in pairs. To help Ss, draw Play the recording again. Ss listen and repeat
the following diagram on the board and elicit either chorally or individually.
appropriate phrases Ss should use. Write them Answer Key
on the board. Ss can refer to the diagram
while doing the task. /a/ /c/ /a/ /c/
garden awesome
bathroom wardrobe
carpet small

57(T) fifty-seven
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 119

Everyday English 3d
Describing your home

a) Complete the dialogue with the sentences (A-D). Write in your


1 notebook.

A Barry: Your house is awesome! Video


Nat: 1) ...
Barry: Its really big. There is a living room and a kitchen
downstairs. The bedrooms and the bathroom are
upstairs.
Nat: 2) ...
Barry: Yes, it is. Theres a bed, a desk with a computer on
B it, a wardrobe and a carpet on the floor.
Nat: 3) ...
Whys that?
Barry: No, there isnt, but thats OK. A
Nat: 4) ... B Thanks. Whats
Barry: Because theres a big park your house like?
opposite my house! C Is your room big?
D Sounds nice. Is
there a garden?
b) Which is Barrys bedroom: A or B ?

Listen and check. Then, act out the dialogue in pairs.


2
Complete the exchanges with phrases below. Write in
3 your notebook.

Whats your house like? Is your room big? Is there a garage?


Is it near a park?
1. A: Whats your house like? 3. A: ... ?
B: My house is small and modern. B: No. Its small.
2. A: ... ? 4. A: ... ?
B: No, there isnt, but theres a garden. B: Yes. It is.

Act out a similar dialogue about your house and bedroom.


4
Pronunciation \A\, \O\

Listen and repeat.

\A\ garden, bathroom, carpet \O\ awesome, wardrobe, small


fifty-seven 57
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 120

There is a book A/An Some Any


There are some books on the table, too.
in the bookcase.
form singular (a/an) plural (some/any)
affirmative There is a book. There are some books.
negative There isnt a poster. There arent any posters.
interrogative Is there an armchair? Are there any armchairs?

Match the phrases to make sentences. Write in your notebook.


1
There is 1 a some pillows on the bed.
Grammar There are 2 b any chairs in the room.
a/an + singular There isnt 3 c an armchair in the living room.
countable noun
There arent 4 d a sofa in the bedroom.
some + plural
countable noun
Choose the correct word. Write in your notebook.
in the affirmative 2
any + plural
countable noun 1. Theres an/a sofa in the living room.
in the negative
2. There are some/any chairs in the bedroom.
and interrogative
3. Is there a/an desk in the room?
4. There arent some/any pillows on the bed.

Fill in the gaps with: a/an, some or any. Write in your notebook.
3
1. There are ... paintings on the wall.
2. There isnt ... armchair in the kitchen.
3. There arent ... books on the desk.
4. There is ... bookcase in my bedroom.

Fill in the gaps with: There is, There isnt, There are,
4 There arent and a/an, some or any. Write in your
notebook.

1. There is a bed. 6. ... books in the


2. ... desk. bookcase.

3. ... wardrobe. 7. ... table.

4. ... pictures on the wall. 8. ... cupboards.

5. ... armchair.
58 fifty-eight
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 121

1 To present/practise a/an some any


3e
Read out the Grammar box, the theory and
the cartoon. Then explain that we use a/an for
singular countable nouns and some and any
for plural countable nouns and uncountable
nouns. Remind Ss that we use any in
interrogative and negative and some in
affirmative sentences.
Ask Ss to look at the phrases and then give
them time to match them to make sentences.
Check Ss answers around the class.
Answer Key
2 a 3 d 4 b

2 To practise a/an some any


Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 some 3 a 4 any

3 To practise a/an some any


Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 some 2 an 3 any 4 a

4 To practise a/an some any, there is/


there are
Ask Ss to look at the picture and then give
them time to complete the sentences.
Check Ss answers around the class.
Answer Key
2 There is a 6 There are some
3 There isn't a 7 There isn't a
4 There are some 8 There aren't any
5 There isn't an

fifty-eight 58(T)
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 122

3e5 To present/practise there is there are Answer Key


(interrogative & short answers) A: Is there a sofa?
Read out the Grammar box, the theory and B: Yes, there is.
the cartoon. A: Is there a carpet?
Explain the task and read out the example. B: Yes, there is.
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers. A: Is there a coffee table?
Answer Key B: Yes, there is.
2 Are there A: Is there a bookcase?
3 Is there a sofa B: No, there isn't.
4 Are there pictures on the wall
A: Are there any armchairs?
B: Yes, there are.
6 To practise there is there are
A: Are there any cupboards?
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete B: No, there aren't.
the task.
Check Ss answers. A: Are there any windows?
Answer Key B: Yes, there are.
1 Is there, there is A: Is there a bath?
2 Are there, there aren't B: No, there isn't.
3 Is there, there isn't
A: Is there a cooker?
4 Are there, there are
B: No, there isn't.

7 To practise there is there are A: Are there any curtains?


B: No, there aren't.
Explain the task and read out the example
exchanges. A: Is there a fridge?
Ask Ss to work in pairs and ask and answer B: No, there isn't.
questions following the examples and using
the prompts.
Monitor the activity around the class.

59(T) fifty-nine
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 123

There is There are (interrogative & short answers)


Is there a sofa in
your bedroom?

Grammar form singular plural


interrogative Is there? Are there?
In short answers
we cant say: Yes, there is./ Yes, there are./
short answers
Yes, theres or Yes, No, there isnt. No, there arent.
therere.

No, there
Complete the sentences in the interrogative. isnt.
5 Write in your notebook.

1. There is a book on the desk. Is there a book on the desk?


2. There are four chairs in the kitchen. ... four chairs in the kitchen?
3. There is a sofa in the living room. ... in the living room?
4. There are pictures on the wall. ... ?

Complete the sentences below with the correct form of there is


6 there are. Write in your notebook.

1. A: ... a carpet in the room? 3. A: ... a bookcase in your


B: Yes, ... . room?
B: No, ... .
2. A: ... any pictures on the
walls? 4. A: ... any chairs in the kitchen?
B: No, ... . B: Yes, ... .

Speaking
Ask and answer questions as in the example.
7

pictures cupboards
bed windows
sofa bath
carpet cooker
coffee table curtains
bookcase fridge
armchairs

A: Are there any pictures on the wall? A: Is there a bed in the room?
B: Yes, there are. B: No, there isnt.
fifty-nine 59
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 124

Video

There are many types of houses in the UK. Some are big.
Some are small. Some are in the city centre and some are in
the countryside. Here are the main types of houses in the UK.

detached bungalow terraced


A detached house is on its own with Bungalows are small houses
Terraced houses are houses in long
a garden and a driveway. Detached with gardens. They have only
rows. These houses are in city
houses are big and are usually got one floor. There are
centres and in big towns. They are
in the suburbs. They are bungalows in small
small and sometimes there is a
popular with towns and in
small garden or a yard at the back.
families, but the
they are suburbs.
expensive.
semi-detached
block of flats
Semi-detached houses are two
In city centres, there are blocks of houses together with a garden.
flats. These homes are on top of each They are popular with families,
other. Some blocks of flats are very too. There are semi-detached cottage
tall with good views at the top. They houses in the suburbs and in a
are very popular lot of big towns. In the countryside,
with young there are cottages.
people. These houses are
small with big
gardens. They are
very pretty.

Reading
Listen to and read the webpage and match phrases 1-3 to
1 phrases a-c. Write in your notebook.
Check these words A detached house 1 a are two houses together.
countryside
Semi-detached houses 2 b are homes on top of each other.
driveway suburb
row yard floor Blocks of flats 3 c is expensive.

Decide if the sentences are R (right) or W (wrong) or DS (doesn't


2 say). Write in your notebook.
1. Terraced houses have always 3. Cottages are expensive
got a garden in the back. houses.
2. Blocks of flats are in city 4. Bungalows have got two
centres. floors.
60 sixty
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 125

1 To listen and read for specific


3f
information
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and read the
phrases.
Play the recording. Ss listen and read and
then match the phrases to make sentences.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 c 2 a 3 b

2 To read for specific information


Ask Ss to read the text again and then mark
the statements according to what they read.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 W 2 R 3 DS 4 W
Ask Ss to look up the meanings of the words in
the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

From p. 61(T)

8 To practise punctuation about their house using the skeleton to help


Read out the Punctuation Time box and explain them.
the task. Give Ss time to complete it and check Allow Ss time to complete the task and check
their answers. their answers.
Alternatively, assign the task as HW and then
Answer Key
check Ss answers in the next lesson.
1 There is a desk, a bed and a chair in my
bedroom. Suggested Answer Key
2 My house has got a kitchen, a living room, two Hi Albert,
bedrooms and a bathroom. My house is the one with a small garden and big
white windows. Inside, there is a living room, a
kitchen, a bathroom and three bedrooms. Its
9 To write a short message about your
number 9 on Apple Street.
house
See you soon,
Explain the task and ask Ss to write a short Mihai
message to their English-speaking friend
sixty 60(T)
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 126

3f3 To read for specific information Suggested Answer Key


Ask Ss to read the text again and answer the In Romania there are different types of houses
questions. just like in the UK.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 There are terraced houses and blocks of flats
in city centres.
2 Detached houses, bungalows, semi-detached
houses, cottages and some terraced houses
have got a garden.

4 To consolidate new vocabulary Detached houses are in the suburbs and in


towns or in the mountains. Some detached
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
houses have got 3 floors.
it.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 floors 3 suburbs
2 yard 4 driveway

5 To present English homes


Read out the example and then ask various Ss
around the class to present other types of British Blocks of flats are popular in the cities.
houses to the class.
Suggested Answer Key
Bungalows are small. Theyre in small towns and
the suburbs. Theyve got gardens. Theyve only
got one floor.

Culture Spot
Read out the box and play the video.
Then give Ss time to research online and find the
Terraced houses are in long rows and are
official residence of the head of state in their
different colours. They are in cities and towns.
country. Ask Ss to present it to the class.
Suggested Answer Key
7 To listen for specific information
The official residence of the President of
Romania is Cotroceni Palace in Bucharest. Ask Ss to read the statements.
Then play the recording. Ss listen and
complete the task.
6 To prepare a poster
Check Ss answers.
Explain the task and give Ss time to look up
Answer Key
information on the Internet and prepare a
1 R 2 W 3 W 4 R
poster about houses in Romania.
Ask various Ss to present their posters to the
class and then display them on the classroom 8 See p. 60(T)
walls.
9 See p. 60(T)

61(T) sixty-one
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 127

Answer the questions in your notebook.


3
1. What types of houses are 2. What types of houses have
Video there in city centres? got a garden?

Culture Spot Vocabulary


Complete the sentences with: driveway, suburbs, yard or floors.
Buckingham 4 Write in your notebook.
Palace is the
official residence
of the Monarch in 1. My house has got two ... . 3. Toms house isnt in the city
the UK. Its got 2. We have got a lovely ... at the centre. Its in the ... .
775 rooms.
back of the house. 4. My dads car is in the ... .
Speaking
Present one of the different types of English homes to the class in
5 your own words. Write in your notebook.
Detached houses are big. Theyre in the suburbs. Theyve got gardens
and driveways.
What is the
official residence of
Collect pictures of various types of houses in your country.
the head of state in
your country?
6 Prepare a poster. Present it to the class.
Listening
Listen to the conversation and decide if the sentences are
7 R (right) or W (wrong). Write in your notebook.
Punctuation Time
1. Bills house is very big. 3. Its an old house.
We use commas to
separate elements 2. The houses got 3 bedrooms. 4. Theres a park near Bills house.
in a list.
Rewrite the sentences. Put commas where necessary. Write in your
There is a sofa,
a lamp, an
8 notebook.
armchair and a TV
in the living room. 1. There is a desk a bed and 2. My house has got a kitchen a
a chair in my bedroom. living room two bedrooms and
a bathroom.
Writing (a short message about your house)
Write a short message to your English-speaking friend about your
9 house. Use the message below to help you.

Hi ... ,
My house is the one with ... . Inside, there is ... . Its
number 9 on Apple street.
See you soon,
...
my house
sixty-one 61
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 128

Video
Listen to and read the text and complete the missing words in
1 your notebook.

Draw a Map to Scale


A scale of a map is the relationship between the size of something
on the map and its size in the real world. Lets draw a map to scale.
What you need:
graph paper
ruler

pencil

What you do:

Choose two objects 1) i __ your


bedroom, like your bed and the desk or the
chair and the window.
Use steps to measure the distance.
Walk in a straight line. Place your feet from
heel to toe. Count how many steps it takes
to get from one object to 2) t __ __ other.
Write down the number of steps.
Choose a scale, like one square on the
graph is the same as one step. Use the
ruler to draw a map of
3) y __ __ __ room. Use the
measurements in steps. Write the map
scale at the bottom of the graph paper.

This 4) i __ a scaled map of your room.

Check these words Answer the questions in your notebook.


scale relationship
2
size step 1. What is a scale of a map?
measure distance 2. What are the things you need to draw a map to scale?
measurement
Use the information in the text to draw a scaled map of your
3 room or your classroom. Present it to the class.
62 sixty-two
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 129

1 To read for cohesion and coherence 3 To draw a scaled map of your room or
3
Give Ss time to read the text and complete your classroom
the words with the missing letters. Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
Play the recording for Ss to listen and check it and then ask them to present their scaled
their answers. maps of their rooms or classroom to the class.
Answer Key Alternatively, assign the task as HW and have
1 n 2 he 3 our 4 s Ss present their scaled maps in the next lesson.
Suggested Answer Key
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

b d
bed
2 To answer comprehension questions
based on a text carpet
carpet
Give Ss time to answer the questions referring d s
desk
back to the text as necessary. book as
bookcase
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 The scale of a map is the relationship
between the size of something on the map 1 square = 1 step
and its size in the real world. This is a scaled map of my bedroom. There is a
2 You need a pencil, a ruler and graph paper to single bed and a carpet on the floor. There is a
draw a map to scale. desk opposite the bed and a bookcase next to it.

sixty-two 62(T)
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 130

3 1 To describe Victors dream house 3 To present your dream house


Ask Ss to look at the picture and describe it. Ask various Ss to present their dream house to
Suggested Answer Key the rest of the class using their answers to Ex. 2
Victors dream house is very big. It has got two and their drawing.
floors and lots of windows. There is a big balcony Suggested Answer Key
upstairs with a chair on it. My dream house is in the suburbs. It is huge.
Outside the house, there is a big garden and a
Game! garage with a driveway. Inside the house, there
Ask Ss to look online and find a board game are six rooms. There is a kitchen and a living room
template. Then ask Ss to work in small groups downstairs and a bathroom and two bedrooms
and draw pictures/signs relating to houses upstairs. My bedroom is on the top floor.
and places in the squares. In the living room, there is a sofa and a coffee
Then have Ss play the board game in their table. It has got big windows with red curtains.
groups with a dice. As each player lands on a There is a fridge, a cooker and some cupboards
square they have to say a sentence about the in the kitchen. There is a table with six chairs, too.
room/furniture/appliance in the picture or say There is a big bath, a toilet and two washbasins
where the sign can be seen before they can in the bathroom. There is a bed, a desk and a
move on. chair in my sister's room and a big bed and two
Monitor the activity around the class. bookcases in my parents bedroom. In my room,
there is a desk with a computer on it, a big bed
2 To create a dream house and a balcony with a great view of the garden.

Explain the task and ask Ss to complete the


table. 4 a) To discuss a saying
Then give Ss time to draw a picture. Read the saying aloud and give Ss time to
Suggested Answer Key consider what it means and discuss it in pairs.
Then elicit explanations from various Ss.
Suggested Answer Key
T: What is a castle?
my bedroom
S1: A castle is a big building. The king and
sisters parents queen live there.
ba
athroom
room bedro
oom T: What do you think the saying 'my home,
my castle' means?
living room kitchen S2: Our homes are castles because we are
garage
like the king and queen there.
garden T: Good. Any other ideas?
driveway
S3: Our homes are castles because we can
Where it is: suburbs do what we want there.
Size: huge T: Great. Anyone else?
Outside: garden, garage, driveway S4: Our homes are castles because they have
Inside: living room, kitchen, 3 bedrooms, bathroom got everything we need. etc.
Furniture in each room: living room sofa, coffee
table, curtains, windows; kitchen fridge, cooker, b) To describe your home
cupboards, table, six chairs; parents bedroom
Explain the task and read out the words.
big bed and two bookcases; bathroom big
Give Ss time to complete the sentence and
bath, toilet, two washbasins; my sisters bedroom
then elicit answers from Ss around the class.
bed, desk and a chair; my bedroom desk,
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.
computer, big bed, balcony
Suggested Answer Key
63(T) sixty-three My home is great because its modern.
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 131

Project Time 3

1 Look at Victors dream house and describe it to


the class.

My Dream House
by Victor Albescu

Get
a board game
template. Draw
pictures/signs
related to houses
and signs. Play
the game.
2 Use the table below and your own ideas to create your
dream house. How similar is it to Victors?

What there is How many/What Furniture in


Where it is Size rooms it has got each room
outside

countryside small balcony kitchen chairs


town big garden living room table
suburbs huge garage bathroom bed
city centre etc driveway bedroom etc bookcase etc

Presentation Skills

3 Use your drawing and notes in Ex. 2 to present your dream house
to the class.
My dream house is in . It is . Outside the house there is .
Inside the house there are rooms. There is a . In the , there is
. etc.

VALUES
Home
a) Discuss the saying. My home, my castle.
4
b) Complete the sentence in your notebook. Use one of
these words: big, beautiful, small, old, modern.
My home is great because its ... .
Video
sixty-three 63
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 132

Reading Grammar
Read the text and answer the questions Fill in: this, these, that, those.
1 in your notebook.
3
1.

is a chair and is a desk.


Number 10 2.

are books and are magazines.

10 Downing Street or Number 10 is the office and 3.


house of the British Prime Minister. is a guitar and are glasses.
It is also the name of the building. There is a police
officer in front of its black front door. 4.
The building is three hundred years old, and has are shoes and is a cap.
got one hundred rooms. The Prime Ministers 4x1=4
Fill in: there is or there are. Write in your
house is on the third floor. The other floors have 4 notebook.
got offices. There is kitchen in the basement. At
the back, there is a courtyard with a nice garden. 1. ... curtains in the bedroom.
Number 10 is near Buckingham Palace, the 2. ... a cooker in the kitchen.
Queens house, just a short walk from the Houses
3. ... two windows in the room.
of Parliament.
4. ... a table in the living room.
4x1=4
1. Whose home is 10 Downing Street? Fill in: some or any. Write in your
2. How old is the building?
5 notebook.
3. How many rooms has it got? 1. Are there ... books on the desk?
4. Which floor is the Prime Ministers 2. There are ... pillows on the bed.
house on?
4 x 5 = 20 3. There arent ... posters on the wall.
Vocabulary 4. There are ... cupboards in the kitchen.
4x2=8
Choose the odd word out. Write in your
2 Choose the correct preposition. Write in
notebook. 6 your notebook.
1. kitchen bedroom bathroom carpet
1. The flowers are on/in the table.
2. bookcase wardrobe library cupboard
2. The sofa is under/opposite the chair.
3. pillow armchair sofa chair
3. The computer is below/on the desk.
4. floor door window garden
4. The carpet is above/in front of the bed.
5. hospital garage gym cinema
5 x 2 = 10 5. The wardrobe is in/near the bed.
64 sixty-four 4x1=4
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 133

3
1 Answer Key 4 Answer Key
1 10 Downing Street is the British Prime Ministers 1 There are
home. 2 There is
2 The building is three hundred years old. 3 There are
3 It has got one hundred rooms. 4 There is
4 The Prime Minister's house is on the third floor.
5 Answer Key
2 Answer Key 1 any 2 some 3 any 4 some
1 carpet
2 library 6 Answer Key
3 pillow
1 on 3 on 5 near
4 garden
2 opposite 4 in front of
5 garage

3 Answer Key
1 That, this
2 These, those
3 That, these
4 Those, this

sixty-four 64(T)
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 134

3
7 Answer Key
1 What's your new house like?
2 It's great!
3 What's your room like?
4 Is there a balcony?

8 Answer Key
1 A 2 C 3 C 4 C

9 Suggested Answer Key


Hi Mark,
My house is small and cosy. It's got a kitchen, a
living room, a bathroom and two bedrooms. My
room is small. It's got a bed, a wardrobe and a
table for my TV.
What about you?
Write soon,
Tatiana

Competences
Ask Ss to assess their own performance in the
module by drawing stars according to how
competent they feel for each of the listed
activities.

65(T) sixty-five
07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3.qxp_07 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 3 10/3/17 7:05 PM Page 135

Everyday English Writing

7 Complete the dialogue with:


9 Copy and complete the email to Mark
about your house in your notebook.
Its great! Is there a balcony?
Whats your new house like? MAILBOX SEND
Whats your room like? Hi Mark,
Write in your notebook. My house is ... . Its got ... . My room is ... .
A: Hi, Paul! 1) ... What about you?
Write soon,
B: Hi, Jessie! 2) ... Its got a kitchen, a living ...
room and a bathroom downstairs, and
22 points
two bedrooms and a bathroom upstairs. Total: 100 points
A: 3) ...
B: Its not very big. Theres a bed, a desk Competences
and a chair.
A: 4) ... Good Very good Excellent
B: Yes, there is.
4 x 3 = 12 Now I can ...
Vocabulary & Grammar
Listening
talk about houses rooms, furniture and
Listen and choose the correct answer appliances
8 (A, B or C). Write in your notebook. talk about public places near my house
recognise signs in public places
1. Wheres the desk? use there is there are
use prepositions of place
A B C use a/an some any
use this/these that/those
Reading
2. Which floor is Johns house on? match phrases to make complete sentences
A identify R/W/DS statements
B C
2nd 5th 8th complete sentences with missing information
answer comprehension questions
3. What hasnt Kate got in her bedroom?
Listening
A B C identify R/W statements
Speaking
identify location describe my home
present my dream house
4. Wheres Peter?
Writing
A B C punctuate sentences
write an email/a message about my house

4 x 4 = 16
sixty-five 65
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 136

e
IN THE MORNING Barrys daily routin
Whats in this 12:00 am 12:00 noon 1 2
module?
Vocabulary
- Daily routine
- Free-time
activities
- Sports
7:00 get up 7:10 take a shower
- School rules
Grammar
- Present simple
- Adverbs of IN THE AFTERNOON
12:00 noon 6:00 pm 6 7
frequency
- Prepositions of
time/movement
- Question words
Everyday English
- Making
arrangements 13:00 have lunch 15:30 finish school
Accepting/
Refusing IN THE EVENING
- Pronunciation: 6:00 pm 12:00 am
/T/, /D/
11 12

Note
In English, we can use
the 12-hour clock or the
24-hour clock when 19:00 have dinner 20:00 watch TV
writing. We usually only
use the 12-hour clock
when speaking. Its Vocabulary
6 pm. NOT: Its 18:00.
Daily routine/Free-time activities
Listen and repeat.
1
66 sixty-six
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 137

Every day
Whats in this module?
Go through the Whats in this module? box and tell Ss
that these are the topics, skills and activities this unit
will cover.

1 To present vocabulary for daily


routine/free-time activities
Read out the Note box.
Tell Ss to look at the numbered pictures.
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
Play the video for Ss and elicit their
comments.

sixty-six 66(T)
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 138

2 To talk about your daily routine/


free-time activities
Read out the Note box.
Explain the task and read out the example.
Ask various Ss around the class to tell the rest
of the class about your Monday routine.
Suggested Answer Key
I get up at 7 oclock in the morning, take a
shower and have breakfast. Then, I brush my
teeth. After that, I walk to school. At 1 oclock in
the afternoon, I have lunch. Then, I finish school
and come back home. I do my homework and
then I go to football practice. In the evening, I
have dinner at 7 pm. Then, I watch TV and after
that I chat online. Then I play video games. I go to
bed at 9:30 pm.

67(T) sixty-seven
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 139

Video

3 4 5

7:30 have breakfast 7:45 brush my teeth 8:00 walk to school

8 9 10

16:00 come back home 16:15 do my homework 17:30 go to football practice

13 14 15

20:30 chat online 21:00 play video games 21:30 go to bed

Note Speaking
Imagine you are Barry. Use phrases from Ex. 1 to tell the class
We use first, then, after
(that) to show
2 about your routine on Mondays.
sequence of events.
I get up at 7 oclock in the morning and take a shower.
Then, I have breakfast and brush my teeth. After that, ...
sixty-seven 67
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 140

Video
School days in the UK
Michael gets up at 7:30 am and has his breakfast. His best friend, Ben,
lives next door, so they walk to school together. They are in the same class
at Greenwood Primary School. There are 30 students in their class. All
students wear a school uniform and carry their books in a backpack.
The students have registration at 8:45 am and lessons start at 9:00 am. There
is a short break at 10:30 am and a lunch break at 12:30 pm. Michael brings a
packed lunch from home, but Ben buys a hot school dinner from the canteen.
In the afternoon, there are lessons again from 1:15 pm until 3:40 pm. When
school finishes, Michael and Ben have football practice because they play for
the school team. At 4:30 pm, Michael and Ben walk back home.
Michael takes a shower and does his homework. He has
dinner at 7:00 pm with his family. Then, he goes online. He
goes to bed at 9:30 pm.

Reading
Check these words 1 Listen to and read the text, then match. Write in your
uniform backpack notebook.
registration packed Michael gets up 1 a at 7:00 pm.
hot school dinner
Lunch is 2 b at 7:30 am.
canteen team
Michael has dinner 3 c at 12:30 pm.

Decide if the sentences are R (right) or W (wrong) or DS (doesn't


2 say). Write in your notebook.

1. Michael and Ben walk to school together.


2. There are three breaks in the school day.
3. Ben likes the food from the canteen.
4. Michael does his homework before dinner.

Answer the questions in your notebook.


3
1. Who is Michaels best friend? 3. When is Michael and Bens
2. What time is registration? football practice?
68 sixty-eight
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 141

1 To listen and read for gist


4a
Ask Ss to read the phrases.
Play the recording. Ss listen and read and
then match the phrases to make sentences.
Answer Key
1 b 2 c 3 a

2 To read for specific information


Give Ss time to read the text again and mark
the statements according to what they read.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 R 2 W 3 DS 4 R
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

3 To consolidate information in a text


Give Ss time to answer the questions and refer
back to the text if necessary.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 Michael's best friend is Ben.
2 Registration is at 8:45 am.
3 Michael and Ben's football practice is when
school finishes at 3:40 pm.

sixty-eight 68(T)
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 142

4a4 To consolidate new vocabulary 8 To talk about a daily routine


Explain the task and give Ss time to complete Explain the task and ask Ss to read the gapped
the sentences using the words in the list. text to help them.
Check Ss answers. Ask various Ss to talk about Pauls daily routine.
Answer Key Check Ss answers on the board.
1 uniform 4 school dinner Answer Key
2 packed lunch 5 canteen I get up at 7:00 am. Then, I go to school at 8:00
3 break am. School starts with registration at 8:30 am. We
have a break at 10:45 and lunch at 1:00 pm. After
5 To consolidate new vocabulary school, I have tennis practice at 3:45. Then I go
home and do my homework. We have dinner at
Direct Ss to the words in bold in the text and
7:00 pm. Then, I chat online at 8:00. I go to bed at
give them time to match them to their
9:30.
opposites.
Check Ss answers.
Game!
Answer Key Divide the class into groups of three or four Ss.
1 hot 2 same 3 short Have Ss write notes. Tell Ss not to sign them. Then
Ss exchange notes and try to guess who the
6 To listen for specific information sender is. Every correct answer gets a point. The
player with the most points after a certain length
Ask Ss to look at the timetable.
of time is the winner.
Play the recording and have Ss listen and
complete the gaps.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 8:00 am 3 3:45 pm
2 10:45 am 4 7:00 pm

7 To practise then and after


Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
the text using then or after.
Check Ss answers around the class.
Elicit comparisons from Ss around the class.
Suggested Answer Key
1 Then 2 After 3 Then 4 After

69(T) sixty-nine
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 143

Vocabulary
School
Complete the sentences with: break, canteen, packed lunch,
4 school dinner, uniform. Write in your notebook.
1. All the students wear a school ... .
2. I bring a ... to school every day.
3. After the first lesson, there is a ... .
4. Some students buy a ... at lunchtime.
5. We have our lunch in the ... .

Match the words in bold in the text to their opposites below. Write
5 in your notebook.
1. cold ... 2. different ... 3. long ...

Listening

Listen and complete Pauls school timetable in your notebook.


6
Pauls timetable
Get up 7:00 am Break 2) ... Homework 5:00 pm
Go to school Lunch 1:00 pm Dinner 4) ...
1) ... Tennis practice Chat online 8:00 pm
Registration 8:30 am 3) ... Bed 9:30 pm

Complete the text in your notebook. Use Then or After.


7
A I get up at 7:30 am. First I take a shower, 1) ... I have breakfast.
2) ... breakfast, I walk to school.
B I come back home at 2:30. First I do my homework, 3) ... I go to
basketball practice. 4) ... that, I have dinner.
Exchange notes
Speaking
in groups. Find
who the sender Imagine you are Paul. Tell the class about your daily routine. Use
is.
8 your answers in Ex. 6. Use the text below to help you.

I get up at 7:00 am. Then, I go ... at ... . School starts with ... at 8:30. We
have a break at ... and lunch at ... . After school, I have ... practice at
... . Then I go home and do my ... . We have dinner at ... . Then, I ... at
... . I go to bed at 9:30.
sixty-nine 69
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 144

We play football
Present simple (affirmative) every Saturday.
Grammar

We use the present simple affirmative


for habits/routines. I go to
school at 8:00 am. I play
you

singular
Time adverbs/phrases
used with the Present he
Simple: usually, often, she plays
every day/week, etc. it
we
plural
you play
they

a) Copy the table in your notebook. Write the third-person


1 singular of the verbs in brackets.

Language Awareness /s/ /z/ /Iz/ /s/ /z/ /Iz/


Spelling: 1. (play) plays 5. (eat) ...

verb + -s
3rd-person singular
2. (walk) ... 6. (do) ...
I eat he eats, 3. (watch) ... 7. (try) ...
I like he likes 4. (buy) ... 8. (wash) ...
verb ending in

-es
-ss/-sh/-ch/-x/-o +

I go he goes,
b) Listen and tick () the correct pronunciation in your
I wash she washes notebook: (s, z, Iz).
verb ending in

-y -ies
Choose the correct answer. Write in your notebook.
consonant + -y:
2
BUT vowel + -y -s
I cry he cries 1. He have/has dinner at 8:00.
I enjoy he enjoys 2. I walk/walks to school in the morning.
3. Mary get/gets up at 6:30 every morning.
4. Eric and I play/plays basketball on Sundays.

Complete the text with the verbs in the list in the correct
3 form of the present simple. Write in your notebook.
chat finish get up go (x2) have (x2)
watch walk

Paola 1) ... at 7:00 every morning. She 2) ... breakfast and then
she and her friend Rosa 3) ... to school. They 4) ... school at 3:00
and then Paola 5) ... to basketball practice. In the evening, she
6) ... TV or she 7) ... with her friends online after she 8) ... dinner.
Paola 9) ... to bed at 10:00.
70 seventy
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 145

1 a) To present/practise the present b)


4b
To pronounce /s/, /z/ and /Iz/ (3rd-
simple affirmative person singular verb endings)
Read out the Grammar box. Play the recording. Ss listen and tick the
Explain that we use the present simple for correct box.
habits & routines (actions we do every day), Play the recording again with pauses for Ss to
permanent states (an action we do all the repeat chorally and/or individually.
time) and timetables. Explain that we form the Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
present simple in the affirmative with personal
/s/ /z/ /Iz/

pronoun + bare infinitive.
Present the present simple. Say: I go to school. 2 walks
Write it on the board. 3 watches
Underline go and explain that this verb is in 4 buys
the present simple. Point to a S, say: You go to 5 eats

school. Then write it on the board. Underline
6 does
go. Gesture to yourself and the class, say: We
go to school. Then write it on the board. 7 tries
Underline go. Point to a group of Ss, say: They 8 washes
go to school. Then write it on the board.
Underline go.
2 To practise the present simple
Read out the theory box and the cartoon.
Read the Language Awareness box aloud Explain the task and give Ss time to complete it.
and explain the spelling rules. Give Ss some Check Ss answers.
time to study them. Answer Key
Offer further examples of the spelling rules of 1 has 2 walk 3 gets 4 play
the third-person singular by writing the verbs
miss, brush, catch, mix, go, cry on the board.
3 To practise the present simple
Stress the difference between the spelling of
play and cry. Give Ss time to read the text and complete
Explain the task and read out the example. the gaps with the present simple form of the
Then give Ss time to complete it. verbs in the list.
Answer Key Check Ss answers.
2 walks 5 eats 8 washes Answer Key
3 watches 6 does 1 gets up 4 finish 7 chats
4 buys 7 tries 2 has 5 goes 8 has
3 walk 6 watches 9 goes

seventy 70(T)
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 146

4b4 To present the present simple 6 To present prepositions of time


(negative) Go through the table with Ss and read
Read out the theory box and the cartoon. through the examples.
Present the present simple negative. Write on Then explain the task and give Ss time to
the board: I dont like Maths and She doesnt complete it.
like Art. Underline I dont in the first sentence and Check Ss answers.
She doesnt in the second sentence. Explain Answer Key
that we use I/you/we/they dont and he/she/it 1 at, in 3 in 5 at
doesnt to form the present simple negative. 2 on 4 on
Explain the task and read out the example.
Then give Ss time to complete it.
Answer Key
2 dont have
3 dont start
4 doesnt go
5 doesnt prepare

5 To practise the present simple negative


with personal examples
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to complete the task and then
read their sentences to their partner.
Ask various Ss around the class to share their
sentences with the class.
Suggested Answer Key
On Sundays, I dont have lunch with my family at
12:00. I have lunch at 1:00 pm.
On Sundays, I dont prepare dinner. My mum
prepares dinner.
On Sundays, we dont eat at a restaurant. We eat
at home.
On Sundays, I dont go to the cinema. I watch a
DVD at home.
On Sundays, I dont play football in the park. I
meet my friends.

71(T) seventy-one
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 147

Present simple (negative)

full form short form


I/you do not like dont like
singular
he/she/it does not like doesnt like
plural we/you/they do not like dont like
I dont like
Maths. He doesnt
Read the table. Complete the sentences using the verbs in the list
like History. 4 in the negative form.
go have like start prepare

1. Chris doesnt like Music. 4. He to school on Saturdays.


2. They dinner at 4:00 pm. 5. My mum lunch for us. We
3. Lessons at 8:00 pm. have lunch at school.

What do/dont you do on Sundays? Use the phrases in the list to


5 write sentences. Tell your partner.
have breakfast at 8:00 have lunch with my family at 12:00
prepare dinner eat at a restaurant go to the cinema
play football in the park meet my friends
On Sundays, I dont have breakfast at 8:00. I have breakfast at 9:00.

Prepositions of time (at, on, in)

at on in
time: at 7 oclock days: on Monday, months: in January
holidays: at Easter, on New Years Day seasons: in the winter/
at Christmas dates: on 2nd spring/summer/autumn
in the August in the expressions: in the
expressions: at part of a morning/afternoon/evening,
noon, at the particular day: in an hour, in a minute, in a
weekend, at night on Friday night week/month/year/few days

Fill in the gaps with: at, on or in.


6
1. He doesnt get up 8:00 the morning.
2. I havent got a music lesson Thursdays.
3. We can meet the afternoon.
4. We dont visit our grandparents Sunday mornings.
5. The children finish lessons 3 pm.
seventy-one 71
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 148

4c Vocabulary
Free-time activities

Video 1 Listen and repeat.

1 listen to music 2 do puzzles online 3 chat online

4 hang out with friends 5 play board games 6 do jigsaw puzzles

7 go to the theatre

8 go bowling 9 watch a film

Grammar 10 go skateboarding 11 go to the mall 12 go to an amusement park

We use -ing form


after the verbs
like, love, dont
2 Which of the activities in Ex.1 do you like/love/not like/hate doing in your
free time? Tell your partner. You can use your own ideas as well.
like, hate. I like
listening to music. In my free time I like chatting online and hanging out with my friends. I
dont like going to the mall. I hate playing board games.
72 seventy-two
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 149

1 To present free-time activities


4c
Tell Ss to look at the numbered pictures.
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/ or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

2 To talk about free-time activities


Read out the Grammar box.
Explain the task and read out the example.
Ask Ss to tell their partner about the activities
they like/love/dislike/hate doing in their free
time.
Monitor the activity around the class and then
ask some Ss to tell the class.
Suggested Answer Key
In my free time, I like listening to music. I love
watching films. I dont like going bowling and I
hate doing jigsaw puzzles.

seventy-two 72(T)
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:13 PM Page 150

4d1 To complete a dialogue A: Wheres the auditorium?


Read out the Grammar box and present the B: Go out of the computer room and walk
prepositions of movement using the diagrams. straight along the corridor past the staffroom
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the and the nurses office. Then turn left and go
dialogue. past the canteen.
Elicit where Alexis wants to go and how she A: Can you repeat that last bit, please?
can get there from various Ss. Give Ss time to B: Sure. Turn left and go past the canteen. The
draw her route on the map and then check auditorium is on the left.
Ss answers on the board. A: Thank you.
B: Youre welcome.
Answer Key
A: Where is the nurses office?
B: Go out of the library and turn right. Walk along
the corridor past the staffroom. The nurses
office is on the right.
A: Thank you.
B: Youre welcome.

To pronounce /T/, /D/


Play the recording. Ss listen and repeat either
chorally or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.

2 To listen for confirmation; to act out a


dialogue
Ss work in closed pairs and act out dialogues
similar to the one in Ex. 1 using the prompts.
Monitor the activity around the class and then
ask various pairs to act out their dialogues in
front of the class.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Wheres classroom 3A?
B: Turn right out of the science lab and walk
along the corridor. Then, turn left and walk
past the staffroom and the nurses office. After
that, turn right and go up the stairs.
A: Can you repeat that last bit, please?
B: Of course. Turn right and go up the stairs. Then,
walk along the corridor past classroom 3C
and 3B. Classroom 3A is on the right.
A: Thank you.
B: Youre welcome.

73(T) seventy-three
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 151

Everyday English 4d
Grammar Asking for/Giving directions
Listen to and/or read the dialogue. Which classroom does
Prepositions of 1 Alexis want to go to? How can she get there? Show the route on
direction/movement
the map.

up down along Alexis: Wheres classroom 3C?


Nat: Walk past the science lab and turn left. Go past the
across staffroom and walk along the corridor. Go past the
into out of
nurses office and turn right. Then go up the stairs.

over under Alexis: Im sorry. Can you repeat the last bit, please?
Nat: Of course. Go up the stairs. Go along the corridor.
Classroom 3C is on your right.
Alexis: Thank you.
through round past
Nat: Youre welcome.

Look at the map of the


2 school and, in pairs, act out
similar dialogues to Ex. 1.
Use prepositions of
direction/movement.
Give directions:
from the science lab to
classroom 3A
from the computer room
to the auditorium
from the library to the
nurses office

Pronunciation \T\, \D\

Listen and repeat.

\T\ three, thanks, think \D\ that, then, there


seventy-three 73
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 152

I always have
breakfast in the
morning.
Adverbs of frequency
My daily routine
I always get up at 7:00.
I usually walk to school.

I often go to the gym.

I sometimes chat online in the evening.

I never go to bed late.

Choose the correct adverb of frequency. Write in your notebook.


1
1. John ... (100%) walks to school.
A often B never C always
2. Helen ... (25%) watches TV in the evening.
A sometimes B usually C always
3. They ... (50%) do their homework after dinner.
A often B usually C sometimes
4. He is ... (0%) late for school.
A sometimes B never C always
5. My dad ... (75%) has lunch at work.
A sometimes B usually C always

Put the words in the correct order. Write in your notebook.


2
1. always/early/is/for work/He. 3. shower/He/at night/often/
2. She/late/sometimes/is. takes/a.

Speaking

Copy the table in your notebook and put a tick () in the


3 correct box. Then, tell your partner.
always usually often sometimes never
7:00 am: get up
8:00 am: leave for school
1:30 pm: have lunch
5:00 pm: do homework
7:00 pm: have dinner
9:30 pm: go to bed

I usually get up at 7:00.


74 seventy-four
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 153

1 To present/practise adverbs of 3
4e
To practise adverbs of frequency with
frequency personal examples
Read out the theory and the cartoon. Ask Ss to read the table and then put ticks in
Tell Ss that adverbs of frequency show how the correct boxes for themselves.
often we do something. Read out the example and then elicit further
Give Ss time to choose the correct words to sentences from Ss around the class.
complete the sentences referring to the table Suggested Answer Key
as necessary. I usually get up at 7:00 am.
Check Ss answers. I always leave for school at 8:00 am.
Answer Key I often have lunch at 1:30 pm.
1 C 2 A 3 A 4 B 5 B I sometimes do my homework at 5:00 pm.
I never have dinner at 7:00 pm.
2 To practise adverbs of frequency and I usually go to bed at 9:30 pm.
word order
Elicit where in the sentence the adverbs of
frequency appear (before the main verb, but
after the verb to be)
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
it.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 He is always early for work.
2 She is sometimes late.
3 He often takes a shower at night.

seventy-four 74(T)
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 154

4e4 To present/practise the present simple 6 To practise the present simple


(interrogative & short answers) Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
Present the present simple interrogative & it.
short answers. Check Ss answers.
Say then write on the board: Do I work in a Answer Key
school? Yes, I do and Does he work in a 1 do you get up 6 play
school? No, he doesnt. Explain that we use 2 makes 7 listen
Do I/you/we/they and Does he/she/it to form 3 doesnt go 8 watches
questions in the present simple. Focus Ss 4 works 9 have
attention on the position of do/does (before 5 finish 10 do you do
the personal pronoun). We answer in short
form with Yes/No, I/you/we/they do/dont Then have Ss ask and answer in pairs.
and he/she/it does/doesnt. Monitor the activity around the class.
Ask Ss questions to check understanding. Answer Key
T: Do you work? 1 No, he doesnt. He gets up at 7:30.
S1: No, I dont. /Yes, I do. 2 Yes, she does.
T: Does your mother work? 3 Yes, they do.
S2: No, she doesnt./Yes, she does. 4 No, they dont. They have dinner at 8:00.
T: Do we live in ?
S3: Yes, we do. etc.
Ask Ss to read the theory box and the cartoon.
Read out the Note box.
Then explain the task and give Ss time to
choose the correct items and compete the
answers.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 Do, I do
2 Do, they dont
3 Does, she does
4 Does, he doesnt

5 To practise the present simple


(interrogative & short answers)
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to complete the task in pairs.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Answer Key
2 A: Does Sandra have Maths on Mondays?
B: Yes, she does.
3 A: Do you watch TV after dinner?
B: No, I dont.
4 A: Do they have lunch at home?
B: Yes, they do.

75(T) seventy-five
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 155

Do you like History?


Present simple ( interrogative & short answers)
Note No, I dont.
interrogative short answers Yes, I do.
In English, when we
give a short answer to a Yes, I/you do.
Do I/you work?

singular
Yes/No question, we No, I/you dont.
use the auxiliary verb
do/does. Do you like Does he/she/it Yes, he/she/it does.
Maths? Yes, I do./No, I work? No, he/she/it doesnt.
dont. (NOT: Yes, I like./
No, I dont like.) plural Do we/you/they Yes, we/you/they do.
work? No, we/you/they dont.
We use rising intonation
in Yes/No questions. Choose the correct item. Then, complete the answers. Write in your
4 notebook.
Do you walk to school?
1. Do/Does you eat lunch at school? Yes, .
2. Do/Does your friends have dinner at 7:00 pm? No, .
3. Do/Does Mary drive to work? Yes, .
4. Do/Does he have a shower in the morning? No, .

Form questions then answer them.


5
1. Mario / like Art? (No)
A: Does Mario like Art? B: No, he doesnt.
2. Sandra / have Maths on Mondays? (Yes)
3. you / watch TV after dinner? (No)
4. they / have lunch at home? (Yes)

Fill in the gaps with the present simple of these verbs: finish, work,
6 have, not/go, you/get up, watch, you/do, make, play, listen. Then,
answer the questions. Write in your notebook.

Hi Joshua!
How are you? What time 1) in the morning? I get up at 7:30 and my mum 2)
breakfast for me and my sister, Karen. Karen is 21 and she 3) to school. She 4) in
a bank. I go to school and my lessons 5) at 3:00. After that I 6) football in the
park with my friends. Then, I do my homework. In the evening, I 7) to music and my
sister 8) TV. We usually 9) dinner with our parents at 8:00. What 10) every day?
Write back,
Paul

1. Does Paul get up at 8:00? 3. Do Pauls lessons finish at 3:00?


2. Does Karen work in a bank? 4. Do they have dinner at 9:00?

seventy-five 75
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 156

Video

Fact File
Nickname: The Welsh Wizard
Date of birth: 16th July, 1989
Place of birth: Cardiff, Wales

Gareth Bale is a great footballer. He usually gets up early at 7:00 am and


goes to the gym. After that, he takes a shower and then he eats breakfast. At
9:00 am, Gareth goes to football practice. Gareth always has a lunch break
at about 1:30 and then continues training. He has Spanish lessons twice a
week.
Check these words
On the field, Gareth often scores goals. His nickname is the Welsh Wizard.
training twice Gareth is tall and runs very fast. People say he has got magic feet.
field charity When Gareth doesnt have training or a match, he plays computer games
and watches DVDs or sports matches on TV. He plays golf, too. He also
helps different charities that help children. His family is very important to him
and he likes spending time with them.

Reading
Listen to and read the text. Match phrases
1 1-3 to phrases a-c to make sentences. Write in
Culture Spot
your notebook.
The national
game of England Gareth Bale is 1 a and very fast.
is cricket.
His birthday is 2 b a footballer.
Gareth is tall 3 c on 16th July.
Decide if the sentences are R (right) or W (wrong) or DS (doesn't
2 say). Write in your notebook.

1. He wakes up at 9 am. 3. He trains for 6 hours.


2. He has lunch at 1:30. 4. He only plays football.

What is the Answer the questions in your notebook.


national game of 3
your country? 1. Where is he from? 3. What is very important to
2. What is his nickname? him?
76 seventy-six
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 157

1 To listen and read for gist 3


4f
To consolidate comprehension of a text
Direct Ss to the picture and ask them to read Give Ss time to answer the questions referring
the phrases. to the text if/when necessary.
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the Check Ss answers.
text and then match the phrases to make Answer Key
sentences according to what they read. 1 He is from Cardiff, Wales.
Check Ss answers. 2 The Welsh Wizard.
Suggested Answer Key 3 His family.
1 b 2 c 3 a
Culture Spot
2 To read for specific information Read out the box and then elicit the national
game of their country. Ask Ss to present it to the
Ask Ss to read the sentences 1-4. Then give Ss
class.
time to read the text again and mark the
statements according to what they read. Suggested Answer Key
Check Ss answers. The national game of my country is oina.
Answer Key
1 W 2 R 3 DS 4 W
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

seventy-six 76(T)
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 158

4f4 To present sports and the verbs 6 To listen for specific information
associated with them (play, do) Explain the task and ask Ss to read through
Ask Ss to look at the sports in the pictures and the gapped text about Anton and think about
then use the verbs play and do to complete what information may be missing. (e.g. 1 time,
the gaps. 2 noun, 3 time, 4 noun, 5 time)
Check Ss answers and then elicit which sports Play the recording. Ss listen and fill in the gaps.
various Ss around the class can play. Check S answers.
Answer Key Answer Key
1 play 4 play 7 play 1 7:00 am 3 12:30 pm 5 9:30 pm
2 do 5 do 8 do 2 practice 4 match
3 play 6 play
Suggested Answer Key 7 To write an e-message
I can play football. I cant do gymnastics. Explain the task and give Ss time to complete it.
Ask various Ss to read their e-message to the
5 To talk about Gareth Bale class.
Read out the Note box. Alternatively, assign the task as HW and check
Explain the task and read out the example. Ss answers in the next lesson.
Ask Ss to ask and answer questions about Suggested Answer Key
Gareth Bale following the example and using Hi Jack,
question words from the Note box as well as I'm at the Gheorghe Hagi Football Academy.
the text to help them. Here's my daily routine. In the morning, I get up
Monitor the activity around the class. at 7:00. At 7:30, I have breakfast. At 9:00, I have
Suggested Answer Key football practice. After lunch, we play a match.
A: When is his birthday? After that, I take a shower. At 6:30, we have
B: 16th July. What time does he get up in the dinner. I go to bed at 9:30. It's very tiring, but it's
morning? really great here!
A: 7:00 am. Where does he go after he wakes Write back soon,
up? etc. Anton

77(T) seventy-seven
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 159

Vocabulary
Sports

Complete the gaps. Use: play, do.


4 Which sports can/cant you do?
1. football 2. martial arts

3. basketball 4. tennis 5. gymnastics 6. baseball 7. cricket 8. karate

Speaking
In pairs ask and answer questions based on the text. Use
5 question words from the Note box.
Note A: Who is Gareth Bale?
Question words B: A great footballer. What is his nickname?
Whose is this ball? Marks. A: The Welsh Wizard. etc.
(possession)
Who is he? Hes my best Listening
friend. (people)
What is his surname? Listen and complete the notes about Antons daily routine.
Harris (specific
6 Write in your notebook.
information)
How old is he? 12. (age)
Where does he come Antons daily routine
from? New York. (place)
When is his birthday? 2nd 1) ... Get up
August (time) 7:30 am Have breakfast
Which school does he go
to: Aston or Brigges? 9:00 am Have football 2) ...
Aston. (choice between 3) ... Have lunch
two alternatives) BUT How
does he go to school? By 2:00 pm Play a 4) ... & take a shower
bus. (manner) 6:30 pm Have dinner
We use falling intonation 5) ... Go to bed
in wh- questions.

Whats his favourite sport?


Writing (an e-message about a daily routine)
Imagine you are Anton. Write an e-message to your English
7 e-friend Jack about your daily routine at the Gheorghe Hagi
Football Academy.
seventy-seven 77
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 160

Video

School Rules by Sabina Comaneci

Hi, guys! I'm here in England. I miss my life in Romania, but I like it here a
lot. I love my new school! It's big and there are lots of students.Thats
why its important we all follow the rules. Here they are:

Dos Donts
be on time for registration. hand homework in late.
wear your school uniform. cheat on tests.
bring a packed lunch to school. use a mobile phone at school.
be quiet in class. bully other students.

What are the rules at your school? Have you got a school uniform?
Here is a picture of me in my new uniform. I like it. How about you?

Check these words


rule cheat bully
Reading
Listen to and read the text and decide if the sentences are
1 R (right) or W (wrong) or DS (doesn't say). Write in your notebook.

1. Sabina doesnt like her new school.


2. Shes British.
3. Registration is at 8:45 am.
4. Sabina wears a uniform to school.
5. Its OK to use mobile phones at her school.

Writing & Speaking


be on time
sts
cheat on te
class What rules have you got in your school? In your notebook,
be quiet in 2
in class make notes under the headings and tell the class. Use the rules in
eat or drink
ile phone the box to help you.
use a mob
teacher
listen to the
Dos Donts
78 seventy-eight
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 161

1 To listen and read for specific


4
information
Ask Ss to read the statements.
Play the recording. Ss listen and read and
mark the statements according to what they
read.
Answer Key
1 W 2 W 3 DS 4 R 5 W
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

3 To talk and write about rules


Explain the task and tell Ss to think about their
school rules and make notes under the
headings.
Tell Ss they can use the rules in the box to help
them.
Ask various Ss to tell the class.
Suggested Answer Key
Dos Donts
be quiet in class use a mobile phone
listen to the teacher cheat on tests
be on time eat or drink in class

In my school, there are important rules. We are


on time, we are quiet in class and we listen to the
teacher. We don't cheat on tests, we don't eat or
drink in class and we don't use a mobile phone.

seventy-eight 78(T)
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 162

4 1 To make notes about a sportsperson 3 a) To present activities related to


Ask Ss to work in small groups. healthy habits
Explain the situation and give Ss time to Ask Ss to look at the activities in the
research online and collect information about pictures and elicit which ones Ss do.
a Romanian sportsperson. Initiate a class discussion about why these
Ask Ss to copy the headings into their notebooks activities are healthy habits and the
and make notes about the sportsperson. importance of including them in your
Suggested Answer Key lifestyle. (Because eating properly, getting
regular [physical and mental] exercise,
Name: Bogdan Stancu laughing and getting enough sleep will
Nickname: Motanul, The Cat keep you happy and healthy.)
Date of birth: 28th June, 1987 (Ss own answers)
Place of birth: Piteti, Romania
b) To design a healthy habits
gets up early, takes a timetable
shower, has a healthy
breakfast, does exercise Ask Ss to work in groups and design a
at the gym, eats lunch healthy habits timetable including the
Daily routine: activities in Ex. 3a.
with family, trains with his
club, eats dinner with Give Ss time to compete the task and then
family/friends, goes to ask various groups to present their
bed early timetables to the class.
Suggested Answer Key
playing tennis, playing
Free-time activities: Healthy Habits
computer games
This is our Healthy Habits timetable. In the
morning, we eat a good breakfast. Then, we
2 To present a famous sportsperson walk or ride our bikes to school. We smile and
laugh a lot with friends at break time. In the
Ask various groups of Ss to present their famous
afternoon, after school, we exercise. In the
sportsperson to the rest of the class using their
evening, we read a book and then get lots of
answers from Ex. 1.
sleep at night.
Suggested Answer Key
Bogdan Stancu is a great football player. His have a good breakfast, walk
Morning
nickname is Motanul or The Cat. His birthday is on or ride the bike to school
28th June. He is from Piteti in Romania. Afternoon smile and laugh a lot, exercise
In the morning, he gets up early and takes a
shower. He always has a healthy breakfast. Then, Evening read a book, get lots of sleep
he exercises at the gym. He usually eats lunch
with his family. In the afternoon, he trains with his Play the video and elicit Ss comments.
club. He often eats dinner with his family or
friends in the evening and goes to bed early. In
his free time, Bogdan plays tennis and computer
games.

79(T) seventy-nine
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 163

Project Time 4

Video 1 In groups, collect information


about a sportsperson from your country and
make notes under the headings in your notebook.

Name

Nickname(s)

Date of birth

Place of birth

Daily routine

Free-time activities

Presentation Skills

2 Use your notes in Ex. 1 to present the sportsperson to the class.

VALUES have a good


breakfast
Happy days
a) Look at the read a book
3 pictures. Which
of these do you
usually do?

get lots of sleep


b)
In pairs, design
a Healthy
Habits
timetable.
Then, present smile a lot
it to the class. and laugh
exercise

Video seventy-nine 79
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 164

Reading Fill in: take, play, go, watch, brush. Write


3 in your notebook.
Read the text and choose the correct
1 answer (A, B or C). Write in your notebook. 1. In the evening, I ... video games.
2. I ... TV in the afternoon.
A Day in the Life of... 3. I always ... a shower at night.
4. I ... my teeth in the morning.
Nadine is 14 years old and lives in Burkina Faso in West
Africa. She is in 7th grade at school, but her typical day 5. I ... to the gym in the evening.
is not like a typical school day for a teenager in Europe. 5 x 2 = 10

Every morning, Nadine gets up very early, at 4 am. She Grammar


cleans the house. After that, she makes breakfast and Write the third-person singular in your
prepares her brother and sister for school. She rides her
4 notebook.
bike to school.
1. She (work) as a teacher.
At noon, Nadine cycles back home and has lunch.
2. I (buy) books online.
Then, she goes to the market and helps her mother
3. She (wash) the car every Friday.
before she goes back to school. After
school, she and her sister cook dinner 4. I (chat) online in the evenings.
for the family. There isnt electricity in 5. She (study) English on Mondays.
5 x 2 = 10
Nadines house, so she cant watch
TV or surf the Internet. Nadine does Choose the correct item. Write in your
her homework and reads with a
5 notebook.
candle. Then, she goes to bed.
1. Does Anna live/lives in Madrid? No,
1. Nadine is in grade ... she does/doesnt.
A 4. B 14. C 7. 2. Paul and I dont/doesnt play tennis.
2. Nadine goes to school ... 3. Do/Does you walk to school? Yes, I
A on her bike. B on foot. C by bus. do/does.
3. At noon, Nadine ... 4. My mum tidy/tidies the house every
A cooks dinner. B goes back home. day.
C goes back to school. 5. Students dont/doesnt eat in class.
3 x 5 = 15
Vocabulary 6. Rachel wear/wears a uniform to
school.
Choose the correct word. Write in your
2 notebook.
6x1=6

Put the words in the right order. Write in


6 your notebook.
1. He goes/gets up at 8:00.
2. We usually have/do lunch at 1:00. 1. We/school/walk/to/every day.
3. Tom has/does his homework in the 2. late/Tom/is/for school/never.
afternoon. 3. always/We/at/dinner/8:00/have.
4. We come/take back home after school. 4. evening/in/watch/They/TV/the.
5. I help/watch a charity for children. 5. have/Mondays/We/music lessons/on.
5 x 2 = 10 5 x 2 = 10
80 eighty
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 165

4
1 Answer Key 5 Answer Key
1 C 2 A 3 B 1 live, doesnt
2 dont
2 Answer Key 3 Do, do
4 tidies
1 gets 3 does 5 help
5 dont
2 have 4 come
6 wears

3 Answer Key
6 Answer Key
1 play 3 take 5 go
1 We walk to school every day.
2 watch 4 brush
2 Tom is never late for school.
3 We always have dinner at 8:00.
4 Answer Key 4 They watch TV in the evening.
1 works 3 washes 5 studies 5 We have music lessons on Mondays.
2 buy 4 chat

eighty 80(T)
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 166

4
7 Answer Key
1 b 2 a 3 b

8 Answer Key
1 B 2 C 3 B 4 C

9 Suggested Answer Key


Hi Stan!
At weekends, I usually wake up at 9:00. In the
morning, I have breakfast with my family and
help my mum with the shopping. In the
afternoon, I play football with my friends and
then I take a shower. In the evening, I go to the
cinema.
Bye,
Andrei

Competences
Ask Ss to assess their own performance in the
module by drawing stars according to how
competent they feel for each of the listed
activities.

81(T) eighty-one
08 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 4.qxp_ROM grade 5 L1 Ss Mod 4 10/3/17 7:14 PM Page 167

Everyday English Writing

7 Choose the correct response. Write in


9 Write an email to your English friend,
your notebook. Stan, about what you do at weekends.
Use the email below as a model.
1. A: Wheres classroom 1A?
B: a Turn left.
b On your right. MAILBOX SEND

2. A: Can you repeat it, please? Hi Stan!


B: a Of course. At weekends, I usually wake up at ... . In the
b Im sorry. morning, I ... . In the afternoon, I ... . In the
evening, I ... .
3. A: Thank you. Bye,
B: a Go up the stairs. ...
b Youre welcome.
3x2=6 18 points
Listening Competences Total: 100 points

For questions 1- 4, choose the


8 correct answer (A, B or C). Write in your Good Very good Excellent
notebook.
Now I can ...
1. What is Marys favourite activity? Vocabulary & Grammar
A B talk about daily routine & free time
C
talk about school
talk about school rules
use the present simple
use adverbs of frequency
2. What is Toms favourite free-time activity? use prepositions of time
use question words
A B C
Reading
match phrases to make complete sentences
identify R/W/DS statements
answer comprehension questions
3. When can Bob meet Janet? Listening
listen for specific information (gap fill)
A Tuesday B Wednesday C Thursday
Speaking
4. Who is Annas dad? describe a persons daily routine
give directions
A B C describe my daily routine
present a famous sportsperson
Writing
write an email about a persons daily routine
4 x 4 = 16
eighty-one 81
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:21 AM Page 168

Video

Whats in this
module?
Vocabulary
- Food & Drinks
- Food preparation
- Cooking tools
onions
- Shopping
Grammar
- a/an some/any
- Partitives
- Quantifiers
- can/cant
may/may not
(permission) apples

- ? Words
tomatoes
How much, How
many, Which, Why,
How
carrots
Everyday English
- Expressing likes/ lettuce
dislikes -
preferences potatoes oranges
1
- Giving instructions 2
- Pronunciation:
Word Stress

Vocabulary
Food & Drinks
a) Use the words in the list to label the pictures (1-7).
1 Write in your notebook.
biscuits pasta fruit juice meat cucumbers
strawberries salt

b) Listen and repeat.


82 eighty-two
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:21 AM Page 169

All about food


Whats in this module?
Go through the Whats in this module? box and tell Ss
that these are the topics, skills and activities this unit
will cover.

1 a) To present vocabulary for food &


drinks
Tell Ss to look at the numbered pictures.
Read out the words in the list and explain/
elicit their meanings.
Give Ss time to label the pictures with the
words.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 cucumbers 5 salt
2 strawberries 6 biscuits
3 pasta 7 meat
4 fruit juice

b) To present vocabulary for food &


drinks
Play the recording for Ss to check their
answers to Ex. 1a.
Then play the recording again with pauses
for Ss to repeat chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

eighty-two 82(T)
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:21 AM Page 170

2 To talk about food & drinks likes/dislikes


Read out the Note box.
Explain the task and read out the examples.
Ask various Ss around the class to tell the rest
of the class about their food & drinks likes/
dislikes.
Suggested Answer Key
I love eating cheese. I really like eating pasta
and rice. I quite like eating fish and eggs. I don't
like drinking milk very much. I hate drinking tea.

83(T) eighty-three
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 171

3
cereal

bread

rice

flour

tea sugar
crisps
coffee 6

5
pepper

milk butter fish


7

chicken
yoghurt cheese
eggs

Speaking

Note Expressing likes/dislikes preferences


Use the key to talk about your likes/dislikes, as in the example.
Likes/Dislikes 2
In English, we use like,
love, dont like, etc. I love I really like I quite like
sixty-seven
with averb + -ing.
I like eating apples. I dont like ... (very much). I hate
I dont like drinking
coffee. I like eating cereal and eggs. I dont like eating yoghurt. I really like
drinking milk. I hate drinking coffee.
eighty-three 83
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 172

5a Reading Video

There are many special days throughout the year in In October the British
the UK and British people love to celebrate with food. celebrate Halloween.
Children wear costumes, go
to parties and eat sweets.
Christmas is on 25th December No party is complete
and its a national holiday. The without toffee apples. These
British make Christmas (or Plum) are apples on a stick in
puddings for the traditional sugar. They are delicious.
Christmas dinner. This is a brown
pudding with raisins, nuts and cherries. They usually serve
it with custard. Traditionally, they hide a silver coin inside
the pudding. They believe that the coin can bring good
luck to the person who finds it.

On 5th November British


Good Friday, the Friday before people celebrate Bonfire
Easter Sunday, is a national holiday in Night or Guy Fawkes Night
the UK. British people eat hot cross to remember a plot against King James I.
buns for breakfast. These are sweet They have fireworks, parties and large fires.
bread rolls with white crosses on top. They also eat parkin, a sweet cake. They
They have fruit in them and people eat bake the cake and leave it for three days,
them hot. Some people keep them because they believe then they cut it into small pieces.
they can protect the house from bad things.

Reading
Listen to and read the texts. Match the phrases 1- 4 to the
Check these words 1 phrases a-d to make correct sentences. Write in your notebook.
raisin nut cherry
custard coin Christmas is 1 a a sweet cake.
luck bread rolls
Cross buns are 2 b a sweet the British eat at Halloween.
protect stick
Toffee apples are 3 c sweet bread rolls.
Parkin is 4 d a national holiday in the UK.

Read the text again and decide if the sentences are R (right) or W
2 (wrong) or DS (doesn't say). Write in your notebook.
1. A Christmas pudding has sometimes got a coin inside.
2. Most people eat hot cross buns with butter on them.
3. People eat toffee apples on Good Friday.
4. People make parkin days before Bonfire Night.
84 eighty-four
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 173

1 To listen and read for gist


5a
Ask Ss to read the phrases.
Play the recording. Ss listen and read and
then match the phrases to make sentences.
Answer Key
1 d 2 c 3 b 4 a

2 To read for specific information


Ask Ss to read the statements 1-4.
Give Ss time to read the texts again and
complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 R 2 DS 3 W 4 R
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

eighty-four 84(T)
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 174

5a3 To present new vocabulary 6 To write an invitation


Explain the task and give Ss time to complete Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
it. the invitation card with the missing information
Check Ss answers. and/or write their invitation.
Answer Key Ask various Ss to read out their invitations to
1 People in the UK/USA watch firework displays the class.
at New Year. Suggested Answer Key
2 People in the UK/USA play tricks on each Christmas at Alinas
other on April Fools Day. Hope you come and spend Christmas with me
3 People in the UK/USA give presents to loved on 25th December.
ones on Valentines Day. Address: Str. Florilor 8, Bl. I19, Sc. 2, Et. 2, Ap, 25
4 People in the UK/USA hunt for Easter eggs at Time: 11:00 am
Easter. Phone number: 740 665778
What to wear: Christmas jumpers
4 To present wishes and greetings
Direct Ss to the greetings in Ex. 3 and the 7 To write messages
wishes A-D. Explain the task and read out the example. Then
Give Ss time to match them. elicit similar greetings from Ss around the class.
Check Ss answers. Suggested Answer Key
Answer Key Happy Easter from Mickey Mouse!
1 C 2 A 3 B 4 D

5 To talk about celebrations, greetings


and wishes
Elicit which of the celebrations in Ex. 1 people
celebrate in Romania and elicit various greetings
and wishes from Ss around the class.
Suggested Answer Key
In Romania, we celebrate Christmas and we do
some special things on Good Friday. We dont
celebrate Bonfire Night or Halloween.
Greetings
Christmas: Crciun fericit! Srbtori fericite
Easter (after Good Friday): Pate Fericit! Hristos a
Inviat! Adevarat a Inviat!

85(T) eighty-five
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 175

Reading 5a
Vocabulary
Celebrations
Look at the photos. How do the people in the UK/USA celebrate
3 these celebrations? Tell the class.

Happy
ols Day
April Fo

1 2 3 4
give presents to loved ones
watch firework displays play tricks on each othe
r hunt for Easter eggs

Listen and repeat. Match the wishes (A-D) to the greetings


4 in Ex 3. Write in your notebook.
A C Hope this year all your
Wishing you a very happy
dreams come true!
April Fools Day.
D
Have a wonderful
B Thinking of you! Easter!

Which of the celebrations in Ex.1 do you celebrate in Romania?


5 What holiday greetings and wishes do you use?

Writing
Think of a holiday in Romania. Write an invitation to your English
6 friend. Use the card below as a sample.

Halloween at Simonas
hope you come and spend Halloween with me on 1) .
Address: 2)
Time: 3)
Phone number: 4)
What to wear: 5)

Imagine you are a cartoon character. Write a funny message to


7 one of your classmates.
Donald Duck wishes you Merry Christmas.
eighty-five 85
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 176

5b Grammar
A/An Some/Any

We need to buy
some apples and a Countable
bottle of milk. singular plural
affirmative Theres an onion. There are some onions.
negative There isnt a cucumber. There arent any cucumbers.
interrogative Is there an egg? Are there any eggs?
Uncountable
singular
affirmative Theres some cheese.
negative There isnt any flour.
interrogative Is there any butter?
Lets go to the We can use some in interrogative sentences to make offers and
supermarket. requests. Would you like some milk? (offer) Can I have some tea,
please? (request)

Read the theory box and the note. How do we use a/an, some, any?
Grammar 1
Countable nouns are Decide if the nouns below are C (Countable) or U (Uncountable).
nouns we can count. 2 Write the plural form of the countable nouns in your notebook.
They have singular and
plural forms. an apple
two/some apples 1. apple C apples 5. burger 9. strawberry
Uncountable nouns are
nouns we cannot count. 2. coffee 6. meat 10. salt
They usually have 3. water 7. carrot
singular forms. (some
milk NOT: milks) These 4. rice 8. lemon
nouns include: food
(cheese, meat, flour,
Choose the correct word. Write in your notebook.
sugar, salt, etc.), liquid
(coffee, tea, water, etc.)
3
1. Is there some/any sugar?
2. There isnt some/any flour left.
3. Would you like a/an biscuit?
4. I need some/any milk for my cereal.
5. Theres a/an apple on the table.
6. Can I have some/any chips, please?

86 eighty-six
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 177

1 To present a/an some/any 2


5b
To practise countable/uncountable
Present a/an some/any. Write on the board: nouns
I have an apple. I have some bread. Underline Explain that countable nouns are nouns
an apple and some bread. Elicit/Explain that which we can count and they have a singular
nouns like apple can be counted, so we call and a plural form (an/one apple two/some
them countable nouns (e.g. one apple, two apples). Explain that we can use a/an or
apples, three apples, etc). some with countable nouns.
Ask Ss to look at the second example. Point Explain that uncountable nouns are nouns
out that we cannot use a/an before the word which we cannot count and they only have
bread. Explain that nouns like bread cannot one form (water, milk, tea, etc). Explain that we
be counted, so we call them uncountable cannot use a/an with uncountable nouns
nouns. but we can use some.
Elicit/Explain the use of some/any. Ask Ss to Direct Ss to the example and then give them
give you examples. Point out that we use any time to complete the task. Check Ss answers.
in the negative and interrogative and some in Answer Key
the affirmative. 2 U 7 C carrots
Ask Ss to read the theory box, the cartoon and 3 U 8 C lemons
the Grammar box and elicit how we use 4 U 9 C strawberries
a/an, some/any. 5 C burgers 10 U
Answer Key 6 U
We use a/an with a countable noun in the
singular. We use some with countable nouns in 3 To practise a/an, some/any
the plural, uncountable nouns and interrogative
Give Ss time to complete the task.
sentences requesting or offering. We use any in
Check Ss answers.
negative and interrogative sentences.
Answer Key
1 any 3 a 5 an
2 any 4 some 6 some

eighty-six 86(T)
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 178

5b4 To present partitives


Read out the table and explain/elicit the
meanings of any unknown words.
Then give Ss time to match the items in the
columns.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 c 3 d 5 g 7 e
2 a 4 b 6 f

87(T) eighty-seven
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 179

Grammar 5b
Partitives

r
ga We can use both uncountable nouns and plural countable
su
of

nouns after partitives (phrases of quantity) such as: a


o
kil

bag/bottle/bowl/can etc. Study the examples below.


a

a bag of cherries a can of cola a jar of jelly beans

a bar of chocolate a carton of milk a loaf of bread

a bottle of mustard a cup of tea a packet of biscuits

a bowl of cereal a glass of water a piece of pizza

Read the table. Match the two columns.


4 Write in your notebook.

a bar of 1 a crisps
a packet of 2 b juice
a can of 3 c chocolate
a carton of 4 d soda
a loaf of 5 e water
a jar of 6 f jam
a bottle of 7 g bread

eighty-seven 87
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 180

5c Vocabulary
Food preparation

Listen and repeat.


1
3
1
2
4

grate
slice
peel
5 6 7 add

mix chop beat

1 2 3
Cooking tools

Listen and repeat.


2
knife whisk
spoon
4 5 6 7
8

grater saucepan cake tin frying pan bowl

a) Match the cooking tools (1-4) to the correct phrases (a-d).


3 Write in your notebook.

whisk 1 a grate cheese


knife 2 b mix vegetables
grater 3 c beat eggs
spoon 4 d chop, peel or slice onions

b) Make sentences using your answers in Ex. 3a. Tell your


partner.

You need a whisk to beat eggs.


88 eighty-eight
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 181

1 To present vocabulary for food


5c
preparation
Ask Ss to look at the pictures.
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.

2 To present cooking tools


Ask Ss to look at the pictures.
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.

3 a) To practise vocabulary for food


preparation and cooking tools
Explain the task.
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 c 2 d 3 a 4 b

b) To talk about food preparation and


cooking tools
Ask Ss to work in pairs and make sentences
about food preparation and cooking tools. Tell
them to use their answers to Ex. 3a following
the example and then tell their partner.
Elicit answers from various Ss around the
class.
Answer Key
You need a knife to chop, peel or slice onions.
You need a grater to grate cheese.
You need a spoon to mix vegetables.

eighty-eight 88(T)
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 182

5d1 To complete a dialogue To learn word stress


Read out the phrases and give Ss time to use Explain the task and play the recording.
them to complete the dialogue. Ss listen and underline the stressed syllables.
Answer Key Check Ss answers.
1 D 2 E 3 A 4 C 5 B Play the recording again. Ss listen and repeat
either chorally or individually.

2 To listen for confirmation; to act out a Answer Key


dialogue apple chicken cereal tomato pepper onion
coffee lemon
Play the recording. Ss listen and check their
answers to Ex.1.
Then Ss take roles and act out the dialogue.

3 To complete exchanges
Read out the ? Word box and ask Ss to work in
pairs and ask and answer questions following
the example using the ingredients list in Ex. 1.
Monitor the activity around the class and then
ask some pairs to ask and answer in front of
the class.
Answer Key
A: How much butter do we need?
B: We need 120 grammes of butter.
A: How much flour do we need?
B: We need 180 grammes of flour.
A: How much baking powder do we need?
B: We need 2 teaspoons of baking powder.
A: How much milk do we need?
B: We need 120 millilitres of milk.
A: How many strawberries do we need?
B: We need 12 strawberries.

4 To complete exchanges
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to complete the task in pairs.
Check Ss answers.
Suggested Answer Key
2 Is it easy to make?
3 And then?
4 It sounds simple!

89(T) eighty-nine
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 183

Everyday English 5d
Giving instructions
Complete the dialogue. Use the sentences
1 (A-E). Write in your notebook.

Grandmas Nat: This cake is delicious!


Cake Recipe Alexis: Thanks! Its my grandmas recipe.
Nat: 1) ...
Ingredients:
Alexis: Yes. First of all, beat the butter and sugar.
200g sugar
2) ...
120g of butter Then, mix some more.
2 eggs Nat: 3) ...
180g flour
Alexis: Then, use a spoon to mix in the flour, milk A And then?
2 tsp baking and baking powder, and pour it into the
powder B Wow, it sounds simple!
cake tin. Finally, slice the strawberries and
120 ml milk C How long do you
add them to the cake tin.
12 strawberries bake it for?
Nat: 4) ...
D Is it easy to make?
* g = gramme(s) Alexis: For forty minutes at 220 degrees Celsius.
ml = millilitre(s) E Next, break the eggs
tsp = teaspoon(s) Nat: 5) ...
tbsp = tablespoon(s) and add them to the
Alexis: It really is.
bowl, one at a time.

Listen and check. Then, act out the dialogue in pairs.


Check these words 2
simple bake
Use the recipe to ask and answer questions as in the example.
3
A: How much sugar do we need? A: How many eggs do we need?
B: We need 200 grammes of sugar. B: We need 2 eggs.

Complete the exchanges with the sentences below in

? Word
How much: asks
4 your notebook.
Its my mums recipe. It sounds simple! Is it easy to make?
And then?
about quantity
How many: asks 1. A: These biscuits are delicious. 3. A: ...
about quantity B: Thanks! Its my mums B: Then, you add the
recipe. chocolate pieces.
2. A: ... 4. A: Put them in the oven for
B: Yes. First of all, use a spoon 20 minutes and thats it.
to mix the butter and flour. B: Wow! ...

Pronunciation Word stress

Listen and spot the stressed syllables. Then, listen again and repeat.
Each word has one stress. We only stress vowels. eg. orange
apple chicken cereal tomato pepper onion coffee lemon
eighty-nine 89
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 184

5e Grammar
Quantifiers

Countable nouns Uncountable nouns


I want to make
a cake. How much
flour have we got? How many biscuits are there? How much milk is there?

There are too many biscuits. There is too much milk.

There are a lot of/lots of There is a lot of/lots


biscuits. of milk.

There are some/a few There is some/a little


biscuits. milk.

There are (very) few/not There is (very) little/


many biscuits. isnt much milk.

A bag. But there are There arent any/are no There isnt any/is no milk..
very few eggs. Lets go biscuits.
and buy some.

Read the theory box. Then, choose the correct word. Write in your
1 notebook.
1. There isnt many/much milk left.
2. How much/many bread is in the cupboard?
3. How many/much eggs do we put in the cake mix?
4. Hes got a lot of/a little sweets in his bag.
5. There is many/lots of sugar in this ice cream.
6. We havent got many/much orange juice.
7. There are a few/a little apples. Lets make an apple pie.
8. Theres very few/little butter left.

Its Saturday. Decide on what you need to buy from the


2 supermarket for the week. Write your shopping list in your
notebook.
A: Do we need any apples?
B: No, we have got a lot of apples. We need some milk.
A: How much?
B: A carton. etc.
90 ninety
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 185

1 To present/practise quantifiers
5e
Direct Ss attention to the table and ask
various Ss to read the examples aloud.
Give Ss time to complete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 much
2 much
3 many
4 a lot of
5 lots of
6 much
7 a few
8 little

2 To decide on shopping items and write


a shopping list
Explain the task. Ask Ss to work in pairs and
decide on items they need from the
supermarket through a dialogue following the
example.
Monitor the activity around the class.
Then have Ss write their shopping list.
Check Ss answers.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Do we need any milk?
B: Yes. We havent got any.
A: How many cartons?
B: Two. What about eggs?
A: Weve got a few, but we need some more.
B: How many?
A: Six. And there isnt any bread.
B: Lets get two loaves.
Shopping list
2 cartons of milk
6 eggs
2 loaves of bread

ninety 90(T)
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 186

5e3 To present can/cant may/may not; to Game!


practise can/cant Play the game as a class. Split the class into two
Read out the cartoon. teams and have one player from each team take
Read out the theory box and explain that we turns in miming an activity. Every correct guess
use can/cant to show that we are able/ gets a point. The team with the most points, wins.
unable to do sth and to ask for/give/refuse
permission. Explain that we use may/may not Team A S1: (mimes running jogs on the spot)
to ask for/give/refuse permission in a more S2: You can run.
formal manner. S1: Correct!
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and read out the Team B S1: (mimes playing the guitar)
example exchange. Then have Ss ask and S2: You can play the guitar.
answer in pairs following the example. Monitor S1: Thats right.
the activity around the class.
Answer Key
2 A: Can you play video games?
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant.
3 A: Can you drive a car?
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant.
4 A: Can you play the piano?
B: Yes, I can./No, I cant.

4 To practise can/cant through personal


examples
Elicit sentences from Ss around the class.
Suggested Answer Key
I can play video games and I can play the
piano. I cant ride a horse or drive a car.

5 To practise asking for permission


Explain the task and read out the example.
Have Ss ask for and give/refuse permission in
pairs following the example.
Monitor the activity around the class and then
ask some pairs to ask and answer in front of
the class.
Suggested answer Key
2 A: May I leave early?
B: Yes, you may/can.
3 A: May I use a school computer?
B: No, you may not/cant.
4 A: Can I borrow your umbrella?
B: Yes, you can.
5 A: Can I use your laptop, Mum?
B: No, you cant.
91(T) ninety-one
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:22 AM Page 187

Grammar 5e
can/cant may/may not
May we go to the
canteen, Miss?
We use can/cant to express ability/lack of ability. I can read. I
cant play the guitar.
We use can/cant to ask for/give/refuse permission in informal
situations. Can I go out, Dad? Yes, you can./Im afraid you
cant.
We use may to ask for permission more formally. We use
may/can to give permission (formal). We use may not/cant
Of course, you can. to refuse permission(formal). May I use your phone, Mr Tyler?
Yes, you may/can./No, you may not/cant. NOT: Yes, you
could./No, you couldnt.

Look at the pictures. Ask and answer questions, as in the example.


3
1 2 3 4

ride a horse play video games drive a car play the piano

A: Can you ride a horse?


B: Yes, I can./No, I cant.

Which of the activities in Ex.3 can/cant you do? Tell the class.
4
Ask and answer questions, as in the example.
5
1. Ask your dad for permission to go to the cinema with your friend.
Your dad refuses.
Mime an
A: Can I go to the cinema with my friend?
activity. The
B: No, you cant.
class in teams
guess what you 2. Ask you teacher for permission to leave early. Your teacher agrees.
can do. 3. You want to use a school computer. Ask your teacher for
permission. Your teacher refuses.
4. Ask your sister to borrow her umbrella. Your sister agrees.
5. Ask your mum for permission to use her laptop. Your mum refuses.
ninety-one 91
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 188

W or ld
St re et Fo od Ar ou n d th e
Video Do you ever feel hungry, but dont have the time to eat at a restaurant?
Then pick up some street food! Its fast, delicious, and a great way to discover great flavours.
Lets find out about some popular street food from different countries.
A Fish and Chips England
A very popular street food in England is fish and chips. Vendors take the fish
(usually cod or haddock) and cover it in batter before they fry it in very hot oil.
Then, they use some special paper to wrap the fish and chips. People usually put
salt and vinegar on their fish and chips. Its really tasty!
Hot Dogs USA
B
In cities in the USA, there are hot dog carts on almost
every street. A hot dog is a sausage in a bun. The vendors
usually steam the sausages, and warm the buns up
in a special oven. Customers then put their favourite
toppings on their hot dog. Some popular toppings
people add are mustard, ketchup, onions and relish.
Many people also add some red pepper to make it spicy!

Check these words


hungry vendor Reading
cod haddock Listen to and read the texts. Match the phrases (1-3) to the
batter carts 1
phrases (a-c) to make sentences. Write in your notebook.
bun (hot dog)
customer relish Fish and chips is 1 a to make their hot dog spicy.
They wrap the fish and chips 2 b very popular in England.
Many people add red pepper 3 c in paper.

Culture Spot
Decide if the sentences are R (right) or W (wrong) or DS (doesn't
Roast beef and
2 say). Write in your notebook.
Yorkshire pudding
is the English 1. Vendors fry fish and chips in very hot oil.
national dish.
2. They use flour and water to make batter.
3. Vendors steam the buns in an oven.
4. Mustard is a popular topping for hot dogs.

Answer the questions in your notebook.


3
What is the 1. What sort of fish is in fish and chips?
national dish of
your country? 2. What do people put on their fish and chips?
3. What toppings do people put on their hot dogs?
92 ninety-two
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 189

1 To listen and read for gist 3


5f
To consolidate information in a text
Ask Ss to read the phrases. Give Ss time to answer the questions referring
Play the recording. Ss listen and read and to the text if/when necessary.
then match the phrases to make sentences. Check Ss answers.
Check Ss answers. Answer Key
Answer Key 1 Vendors use cod or haddock in fish and
1 b 2 c 3 a chips.
2 People put salt and vinegar on their fish and
2 To read for specific information chips.
3 People put mustard, ketchup, onions and
Ask Ss to read the sentences 1-4. Then give Ss
relish on their hot dogs.
time to read the texts again and mark them
according to what they read.
Culture Spot
Check Ss answers.
Read out the box and then give Ss time to think
Answer Key of the national dish from their country. Ask Ss to
1 R 2 DS 3 W 4 R tell the class.
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the Suggested Answer Key
words in the Check these words box. The national dish of Romania is Mititei (a kind of
Play the video and elicit Ss comments. meatball) and Sarmale (stuffed cabbage leaves).

ninety-two 92(T)
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 190

5f4 To consolidate new vocabulary Bogdans Blog!


Explain the task and go through the list of words In Romania, you can get different types of street
and explain/elicit any unknown meanings. food. My favourite is Shaorma. This is roasted
Give Ss time to complete the sentences. meat or falafel and lettuce, tomato and onion
Check Ss answers. inside pitta bread. You can have it with hummus,
tahini or with some lemon on top. Its very tasty!
Answer Key
What street food do you like?
1 fry
2 toppings
3 spicy 8 To create a poster
4 steam Explain the task and give Ss time to create a
poster of traditional Romanian dishes.
5 To express an opinion Ask Ss to add pictures and label the dishes.
Ask various Ss to present their posters to the
Elicit answers from Ss around the class.
class and then display the posters around the
Suggested Answer Key classroom.
I would like to try fish and chips because I like Suggested Answer Key
chips and I think fish is tasty.
Traditional Romanian Dishes

6 To listen for specific information


Explain the task and ask Ss to read through
the questions and look at the picture choices.
Play the recording. Ss listen and choose the
answers.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 B 2 A 3 A Mamaliga

7 To write a blog entry


Read out the Note box.
Explain the task and give Ss time to research
online and collect information under the
headings provided.
Give Ss time to use their notes to write a blog
entry about street food in their country.
Ask various Ss to read their blog entry aloud.
Alternatively, assign the task as HW and check Sarmale
Ss answers in the next lesson.
Suggested Answer Key
Name of street food: Shaorma
How they make it: roast meat or falafel and
lettuce, tomato and onion in a pitta bread.
What they serve it with: hummus, tahini or lemon

Mititei
93(T) ninety-three
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 191

Vocabulary
Food
Fill in: toppings, steam, spicy and fry. Write in your notebook.
4
1. People ... potatoes in oil to make chips.
2. My dad puts ... like mustard and onions on his burger.
3. I add pepper to my food to make it ... .
4. Boil the water and ... the carrots for 15 minutes before you serve them.

Speaking

Which of the street foods in Ex. 1 would you like to try? Why?
5 Tell your partner.
I would like to try ... because ... .

Listening
Listen and choose the correct answer (A, B or C). Write in your
6 notebook.
1. Whats Pauls favourite food?
A B C

2. What does Ann want to drink?


A B C

3. What does Lyn need to buy?

A B C

Note

Using a search Writing (a blog entry about street food in your country)
engine
Use key words (nouns, Think of a popular street food in your country. Collect
adjectives) for your 7 information under the headings: name of street food, how they
search. Do not write
articles or pronouns.
make it, what they serve with it. Use your notes to write a blog
entry about it (50 words).

Create a poster of traditional dishes in your country. Label the


8 pictures.
ninety-three 93
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 192

5 CLIL (Food Technology)


Video
The Eatwell Guide
Do you want to eat healthily, but dont Bread, rice, potatoes, pasta & cereal
know how? Well, now theres the Eatwell It is very important to eat lots of bread, rice, potatoes, pasta and cereal
Guide to help you. Lets take a look at it. because it gives us the energy we need to get through the day.
Eatwell Guide Drinks (water, fruit juice, tea, Milk, yoghurt, butter
milk) & cheese
It is very important to drink 6 to 8 These foods have got lots
glasses of liquids every day to stay of calcium and protein. They
healthy. Water is always a good choice, help our bodies to grow
but milk, tea and juices are OK, too. strong bones and teeth.

Beans, fish, meat & eggs


These foods give us the protein and vitamins we need for our
bodies to grow big and strong. Beans are great because they have
lots of protein and not a lot of fat.

Oils & spreads


Oils & spreads have got lots of fat and calories in them, but they are
good for you in small amounts. Olive oil and coconut butter are
healthy fats, so its OK to have some during your day.
Fruit & vegetables
Fruit and vegetables are very healthy because Biscuits, crisps, cake, sweets & chocolate
theyve got lots of vitamins, but not a lot of Biscuits, crisps, cake, sweets and chocolate are a part of our lives, but
calories or fat. We need about 5 daily portions they are very unhealthy. They are full of fat and sugar, so dont eat these
to help our bodies stay fit and healthy. foods often.

Reading
Listen to and read the text. Decide if the sentences are
1
R (right) or W (wrong) or DS (doesn't say). Write in your notebook.
1. Potatoes and rice give us energy.
Check these words 2. Fruit and vegetables have got lots of fat.
spread energy 3. It isnt good to eat red meat every day.
vitamin calory fat
4. Milk has got calcium and protein.
protein calcium
5. Its not OK to eat a lot of sweet and fatty food.

Writing & Speaking


Which foods/drinks do/dont you usually eat/drink from the Eatwell
2
Guide? Complete the sentences in your notebook. Tell the class.
I usually eat ... . I dont usually eat ... .
I usually drink ... . I dont usually drink ... .

Collect leaflets on healthy food. Tell the class.


94 ninety-four
3
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 193

1 To listen and read for specific


5
information 3 To learn about healthy food
Ask Ss to read the sentences. Explain the task and give Ss time to do some
Play the recording. Ss listen and read and online research and find leaflets.
complete the task. Ask various Ss to present their leaflets to the
Answer Key class.
1 R 2 W 3 DS 4 R 5 R (Ss own answers)
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

2 To personalise the topic


Ask various Ss around the class to tell the rest of
the class their answers to the question.
Suggested Answer Key
I usually eat bread, rice and potatoes, fruit,
vegetables and fish, and drink water or fruit juice.
I don't usually eat crisps, cake or sweets. I don't
usually drink tea or milk.

From p. 95(T)

Ex. 2 Ex. 3
Suggested Answer Key Suggested Answer Key
1 How many servings of fruit and vegetables do Our eating habits are important. We can help our
you eat per day? bodies to be healthy by eating healthy food and
A 0-2 B 3-4 C 5+ not eating unhealthy food.
Bread, rice, potatoes, pasta and cereal are
2 How much water do you drink each day?
healthy and give us energy. Beans, fish, meat and
A 1-3 glasses B 4-7 glasses
eggs help us grow strong and milk, yoghurt and
C 8+ glasses
cheese are good for our bones and teeth. Eat five
3 How often do you drink fizzy drinks? portions of fruit and vegetables every day to stay
A every day B often C rarely healthy and get lots of vitamins.
Biscuits, crisps cake, sweets and chocolate are
4 How often do you eat fast food?
unhealthy. Its OK to eat chocolate or sweets
A every day B often C rarely
sometimes, but dont eat them every day!
5 How often do you eat crisps, biscuits and Its easy to have a good diet! Give it a try!
chocolate?
A every day B often C rarely

Mostly As Try to change your eating habits.


Mostly Bs Almost there!
Mostly Cs Great work, you have a healthy diet!
ninety-four 94(T)
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 194

5 1 To create a poster
Ask Ss to work in small groups.
Explain the situation and give Ss time to
complete the task and make notes and then
cereal
use their notes and draw/add pictures to
create a poster. eggs
Suggested Answer Key
Unhealthy Food/Drinks
olive oil
milk

cake

sweets 2 To prepare a quiz


Give Ss time to prepare a quiz and go around
the class and collect the results of what their
classmates like/dont like.
Ask various Ss to present their results to the
sugar
class.
Suggested Answer Key see p. 94(T)

3 To present healthy/unhealthy eating


ice cream cola habits
Ask various groups of Ss to give a presentation on
healthy/unhealthy eating habits using their
poster and the Eatwell Guide to help them.
Suggested Answer Key see p. 94(T)

biscuits crisps
4 To do a quiz about a healthy diet; to
consolidate the value of healthy eating habits
Healthy Food/Drinks
Give Ss time to read through the items and
tick the ones that are true for them.
Then ask Ss to check their results and conduct
a class poll via a show of hands for the results.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.
vegetables meat
(Ss own answers)

Guess
Read out the question and elicit Ss guesses.

fish
rice

95(T) ninety-five
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 195

Project Time
Flash Time 5
1 In groups, create a poster about Healthy Eating. Label the
pictures.

Unhealthy Food/Drinks Healthy Food/Drinks

chocolate fruit

2 Prepare a quiz about what foods your classmates like/dont like.


Present the findings to the class. How healthy are your classmates
eating habits?

Presentation Skills

3 Use your poster in Ex. 1 and the information from p. 94 to give a


presentation about healthy/unhealthy eating habits to the class.

VALUES
Healthy eating habits
Decide which of the sentences are true about you. Tell the class.
4
How healthy is your diet?
Results
1. I eat lots of fruit and vegetables.
0-2 Your diet
Guess 2. I drink 6 to 8 glasses of juice, milk or water a day.
is very
What is the 3. I eat potatoes, rice or bread with every meal. unhealthy.
most important 3-5 Your diet
4. I eat beans or fish three times a week.
thing that your is healthy.
body cannot 5. I have cheese, milk or yoghurt every day. 6-8 Your diet
live without? 6. I dont drink cola. is very
healthy.
7. I dont eat a lot of crisps, biscuits or chocolate.
water 8. I dont eat a lot of fast food (burgers, hot dogs, etc.)

Video ninety-five 95
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 196

5 Progress Check
Reading Vocabulary
Read the text and answer the questions Choose the correct word. Write in your
1 in your notebook.
2 notebook.
1. Chop/Add the onions with a whisk/
12 1 knife.

2 2. Grate/Beat the eggs with a grater/


whisk.
3 3. To make potato chips, mix/peel the
potatoes and slice/mix them thin.
4 3x2=6

76 5
Circle the odd word out. Write in your
3 notebook.
1. Vegetables: onions rice lettuce
cucumber
2. Fruit: cherries strawberries
chicken oranges
3. Drinks: tea milk coffee cheese
4. Sweets: biscuits fish cake
chocolate
Lunchtime in the UK Grammar
4x2=8

My names Tony and Im 15 years old. I live in Choose the correct word. Write in your
London. In my country students usually bring a
4 notebook.
packed lunch to school or have a school dinner.
1. How much/How many apples do we
Parents make packed lunches at home. They are
need? Not much/Not many.
usually a sandwich and some fruit. School dinners
are hot meals the school makes. We call them 2. There isnt many/much pasta. Can
dinner even though lunchtime is in the middle of you buy a can/packet, please?
the day. They usually cost 2 a day. 3. Can I please have any/some tea? A
School dinners are very healthy in the UK. Children cup/bowl is fine.
get two portions of fruit and vegetables in every 4. There are a few/a little oranges in the
meal, rice or potatoes or pasta and chicken or fish. fridge. We can make some/an orange
cake.
Check these words 5. There arent some/any strawberries.
middle portion Lets go and buy a little/some.
1. Where is Tony from?
6. Can you please buy a jar/loaf of
2. What is a packed lunch? bread and two bars/cartons of milk?
3. What is a school dinner? 6 x 2 = 12
3 x 6 = 18
96 ninety-six
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 197

5
1 Answer Key
1 Tony is from London.
2 A packed lunch is a lunch parents make at
home.
3 A school dinner is a hot meal the school
makes.

2 Answer Key
1 Chop, knife
2 Beat, whisk
3 peel, slice

3 Answer Key
1 rice
2 chicken
3 cheese
4 fish

4 Answer Key
1 How many, Not many
2 much, packet
3 some, cup
4 a few, an
5 any, some
6 loaf, cartons

ninety-six 96(T)
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 198

5
5 Answer Key
1 can, can
2 may, may not

6 Answer Key
1 How many, 3
2 How much, 50 ml
3 How many, 1
4 How much, 80 g

7 Answer Key
1 C 2 B 3 A 4 A

8 Suggested Answer Key


Hi Helen,
My favourite meal is Tochitur. It is meat stew and
we serve it with Mmlig. It's easy to make. I like
it because it's warm and delicious.
Bye,
Camelia

Competences
Ask Ss to assess their own performance in the
module by drawing stars according to how
competent they feel for each of the listed
activities.

97(T) ninety-seven
09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5.qxp_09 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 5 10/4/17 11:23 AM Page 199

Progress Check 5
Choose the correct item. Write in your Writing
5 notebook. Complete the e-message to your
8 English friend, Helen, about your
1. A: Mum, can/may I sleep over at
Liams house on Saturday? favourite meal. Write in your notebook.
B: Yes, you can/cant. MAILBOX SEND

2. A: Mrs Williams, may/cant I work with Hi Helen,


Lydia? My favourite meal is ... . Its a dish of ... . Its ... to
B: Im afraid you can/may not. make. I like it because ... .
4x1=4
Bye,
Everyday English ...
Cheese & Tomato 20 points
Read the recipe.
6 Complete the questions
Omelette Total: 100 points

with How much or How


Ingredients:
3 eggs Competences
50 ml milk
many. Then, answer them. 1 tomato
Write in your notebook. 80g cheese Good Very good Excellent

1. A: ... eggs do we need? Now I can ...


B: We need ... eggs.
Vocabulary & Grammar
2. A: ... milk do we need? talk about food & drinks
B: We need ... of milk. talk about food preparation
3. A: ... tomatoes do we need? talk about cooking tools
B: We need ... tomato(es). use countable/uncountable nouns, partitives &
quantifiers
4. A: ... cheese do we need?
B: We need ... of cheese. use can, cant, may, may not
4 x 4 = 16
Reading
Listening
match phrases to make complete sentences
Listen and choose the correct answer
7 (A, B or C). Write in your notebook.
choose correct items to complete sentences
complete sentences with missing information
1. What is Marys favourite food? identify R/W/DS statements
answer comprehension questions
A B C
Listening
2. What does Tony want to eat? listen for specific information (gap fill)
A B C
Speaking
3. What do they order? express likes/dislikes & preferences
give instructions
A B C
present healthy/unhealthy eating habits
4. What is Annas favourite food? Writing
A B C write an invitation
write a blog entry about street food
4 x 4 = 16
ninety-seven 97
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 200

Whats in this
module? Video
Vocabulary
- Free-time/outdoor 1 2
activities
- The weather
- Clothes/
Accessories/
Footwear
- Shopping/books
Grammar
- Present continuous
make a snowman
(affirmative/negative/
interrogative & short
answers) play sports
- Personal object/
Possessive pronouns
3 4
Everyday English
- Agreeing/
Disagreeing
- Making suggestions
- Pronunciation:
Intonation in
exclamations
go shopping visit museums/
tourist attractions

Note Vocabulary
Free-time outdoor activities
Collocations are
two words that we
Listen and repeat.
use together. 1
go shopping,
tourist attraction

98 ninety-eight
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 201

Lets have fun!


Whats in this module?
Go through the Whats in this module? box and tell Ss
that these are the topics, skills and activities this unit
will cover.

1 To present vocabulary for free-time/


outdoor activities
Read out the Note box.
Tell Ss to look at the pictures.
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/ or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.
Play the video for Ss and elicit their comments.

ninety-eight 98(T)
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 202

2 To talk about activities


Read out the Vocabulary box.
Explain the task and ask two Ss to read out
the examples.
Ask Ss to discuss the activities following the
example.
Then ask various Ss around the class to tell the
rest of the class about the activities and their
likes/dislikes.
Suggested Answer Key
A: I like making a snowman.
B: Me too.
A: I like going skiing.
B: Same here.
A: I like having barbecues/a barbecue.
B: Really? I dont.
A: I dont like going sightseeing.
B: Really? I do.

99(T) ninety-nine
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 203

5 6 7

go camping go to the beach

go sightseeing
9 10

take a bike ride have a picnic go skiing

11 12 13

have a barbecue visit a market read a book

Speaking

Which of the activities in Ex. 1 do/dont you like doing?


Vocabulary 2 Discuss, as in the example.
Agreeing
Me too. A: I like playing sports. A: I like going camping.
Same here. B: Me too. B: Really? I dont.
Disagreeing
Really? I dont. A: I dont like going shopping. A: I dont like visiting museums.
Really? I do. B: Same here. B: Really? I do.
ninety-nine 99
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 204

6a Reading Video

Hi Tony,
Were having a great time in Paris, France. Today is
14th July. Its Bastille Day and people are
celebrating it with parties and parades. They hang
flags everywhere and dress up. Right now, were
having a picnic in the park. Its warm and sunny
here. Oh and guess what? There are fireworks at
B midnight! I cant wait to watch them.
See you soon,
Cheryl

Greetings from Moscow. Its raining right now but Jane and I
are having a great time. People here are celebrating
C Maslenitsa to welcome the spring. There is folk music and
traditional dancing. Right now we are eating blini. These are
thin pancakes with butter. They are so tasty! OK, bye for
now. Were going to see the burning of Lady Maslenitsa, the
symbol of winter.
How are all of you back home?

Reading

Where is Cheryl? Katy? Listen to the music and look at the


1 D Read the messages quickly and check your answers.
pictures.
Check these words
Read the texts and write P (for Paris) or M (for Moscow).
celebrate parade 2
hang flags dress up Where can you see
fireworks folk music 1. a parade? 4. fireworks?
traditional symbol 2. the burning of a figure? 5. people eating
3. people in costumes? pancakes?
100 one hundred
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 205

1 To read for gist


6a
Play the recording. Ss listen to the music.
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and guess where
Cheryl and Katy are.
Give Ss time to look quickly through the texts
and find out.
Elicit where the girls are.
Answer Key
Cheryl is in Paris, France and Katy is in Moscow,
Russia.

2 To read for specific information


Give Ss time to read the questions and then
read the texts again and answer them.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 P 2 M 3 P 4 P 5 M
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

one hundred 100(T)


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 206

6a3 To present the weather 6 To express an opinion


Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat Ask various Ss to tell the class which festival they
chorally and/ or individually. think is exciting and why.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation. Suggested Answer Key
Bastille Day sounds exciting to me because I love
4 a) To talk about the weather parades. /Maslenitsa sounds exciting to me
Elicit answers to the questions from Ss around because they burn the figure of winter.
the class.
Suggested Answer Key 7 To write an instant message
In the summer, its hot. In the autumn, its Explain the task and the situation.
cloudy. In the winter, its cold. Today, its raining. Give Ss time to complete it and then ask
various Ss to read out their instant message to
b) To find out about the weather in the class.
other places Suggested Answer Key
Ask Ss to research online and find out Hi Jordan!
whats the weather like in the places listed. Im having a great time in Bucharest. Its warm
Ask various Ss to tell the class. and sunny today. Im here for the Traditional Crafts
Suggested Answer Key Fair. People from all over Romania come to the
village Museum in Bucharest to show their works
In Brasilia, its cloudy. In Cairo, its hot. In
of art mode of clay, wood and glass. Theyre really
London, its raining. In Los Angeles, it hot. In
amazing. At the moment, Im choosing a gift for
Madrid, its hot. In Moscow, its cold. In New
my mum. You have to come next year!
York, its raining. In Rome, its warm and sunny.
See you soon,
In Paris, its cloudy and in Tokyo, its warm and
Natasha
sunny.
Game!
5 To consolidate information in the texts Give Ss time to research online and find
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the traditional songs from various countries and
messages. download the music files. Play the songs in class.
Then ask various Ss to tell the class how The class, in teams, decide which countries the
people celebrate each festival. songs are from. Each correct answer gets a point.
Suggested Answer Key The team with the most points after a designated
time or number of songs, wins.
On Bastille Day, the French have parties and
parades. They hang flags and dress up. There are
fireworks, too. In Moscow, people eat blini to
celebrate Maslenitsa. There is folk music and
traditional dancing. Also, they burn Lady
Maslenitsa, the symbol of winter.

101(T) one hundred and one


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 207

Reading 6a
Vocabulary & Speaking
The weather

Listen and repeat.


3
2
1 3

Its hot. Its warm and sunny. Its cloudy.

4 5 6

Its raining. Its snowing. Its cold.

a) Whats the weather like in the spring, summer, autumn


4 and winter in your country? Whats the weather like today?
In the spring, its sunny.

b) Search online and say what the weather is like today in


Brasilia, Cairo, London, Los Angeles, Madrid, Moscow, New York,
Rome, Paris and Tokyo.
Speaking

Listen and read the messages. Tell the class how people
Collect 5 celebrate each festival.
traditional songs
from various On Bastille Day, the French have parties .
countries. Present
them to the class.
What makes each festival exciting for you?
The class, in 6
teams, says which Writing (an instant message about a festival)
country each
Imagine you are celebrating a festival in your country. Write an
song is from. 7 instant message to your English friend about it (50 words). Write:
place, weather, name of festival, what people do, what you are
doing.
one hundred and one 101
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 208

6b Grammar
Grammar Present continuous (affirmative)
Look! Barrys
We use the present full form short form playing
continuous for actions basketball.
happening now. Hes I am playing. m playing.
sleeping now. You are playing. re playing.

singular
Time expressions used
with the Present
He
Continuous: today, She is playing. s playing.
now, at the moment. It
We
plural

Language Awareness You are playing. re playing.


They
-ing ending
most verbs: + -ing go
going
Write the -ing form in your notebook. Then read them aloud.
verbs ending in 1
consonant + -e drop
-e and add -ing 1. drink drinking 4. run ... 7. swim ...
dance dancing
verbs ending in a 2. go ... 5. study ... 8. write ...
stressed vowel between
two consonants double
3. take ... 6. put ...
the consonant + -ing
shop shopping Look at the pictures and match. Write in your notebook.
verbs ending in -l 2
double the -l + -ing
travel travelling The boys 1 a is taking a bike ride.
verbs ending in -ie Martha 2 4
b are having a barbecue.
drop -ie and add -y +
-ing die dying They 3 c is going skiing.
Ben 4 d are playing football.

1 3

Form complete sentences. Use the present continuous. Write in


3 your notebook.
1. Ben/drink/tea/now Ben is 3. We/have a picnic/now
drinking tea now. 4. They/swim/now
2. I/play basketball/now
102 one hundred and two
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 209

1 To present/practise the present 2


6b
To practise the present continuous
continuous (affirmative) Explain the task and ask Ss to look at the
Read out the Grammar box. pictures and match the phrases to make
Say and then write on the board: I am reading sentences.
now. Underline am reading. Explain that this is Check Ss answers.
the present continuous tense. Explain that we Answer Key
use the verb to be + main verb + -ing to form 1 d 2 a 3 b 4 c
the affirmative present continuous. Read out
all the persons and the contracted forms.
3 To practise the present continuous
Explain that we use this tense to talk about
actions which are happening now. Explain the task, read out the example and
Ask Ss to read the theory and the cartoon. give Ss time to complete it.
Read out the Language Awareness box and Check Ss answers.
the example and give Ss time to complete the Answer Key
-ing forms for the remaining items. 2 I am playing basketball now.
Check Ss answers. 3 We are having a picnic now.
Answer Key 4 They are swimming now.
2 going 5 studying 8 writing
3 taking 6 putting
4 running 7 swimming

one hundred and two 102(T)


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 210

6b
4 To present/practise the present
continuous (negative)
Present the present continuous (negative).
Say and then write on the board: I am not
reading now. Underline am not reading.
Explain that we use the verb to be + not +
main verb + -ing to form the negative present
continuous. Read out all the persons and the
contracted forms.
Ask Ss to read the theory and the cartoon.
Ask Ss to read the gapped sentences and
choose the correct missing verb form from the
options a-c.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 b 2 c 3 b 4 a

5 To practise the present continuous


(negative)
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss some time to look at the pictures and
correct the remaining sentences. Ss compare
their answers with their partners.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 No! The boys aren't reading. Theyre playing
football.
3 No! They aren't skiing. Theyre making a
snowman.
4 No! Paul isn't visiting a museum. Hes fishing.

103(T) one hundred and three


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:36 AM Page 211

Grammar 6b
Present continuous (negative)
We arent playing
basketball. full form short form
I am not playing. m not playing.

singular
You are not playing. arent playing.
He
She is not playing. isnt playing.
It
We
plural
You are not playing. arent playing.
They

Choose the correct answer. Write in your notebook.


4
1. Jack ... going camping.
a am not b is not c are not

2. Rita and I ... having a picnic.


a am not b is not c are not
3. Carl ... playing ping pong.
a am not b is not c are not

4. I ... going to the beach.


a am not b is not c are not

Look at the photos. Correct the sentences. Write in your notebook.


5
1
2 3 4

1. Pat is swimming. (walk the dog)


No! Pat isnt swimming. Shes walking the dog.
2. The boys are reading. (play football)
3. They are skiing. (make a snowman)
4. Paul is visiting a museum. (fish)
one hundred and three 103
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 212

6c Vocabulary
Clothes/Accessories/Footwear

Match the words to the pictures (1-18). Write in your notebook.


1 Listen and repeat.

hat ... leggings... cap ... shorts ... jacket ...


scarf ... trainers ... T-shirt ... skirt ... belt ...
gloves ... boots ... shirt ... dress ...
socks ... shoes ... jumper ... jeans ...

2
1

13 14 15
12

3 16

11

4
5
10
17

6
8 9

7 18
Alexis Barry

Speaking

What is each person wearing? Tell your partner.


2
Alexis is wearing a skirt, ...

What are you wearing today? Tell the class.


3
Today, Im wearing a T-shirt, jeans and trainers.
104 one hundred and four
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 213

1 To present vocabulary for clothes/


6c
accessories/footwear
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and then read
the words in the list.
Give Ss time to match them.
Play the recording for Ss to check their
answers.
Play the recording again with pauses for Ss to
repeat chorally and/or individually.
Answer Key
hat 2 leggings 8 cap 4
scarf 3 trainers 18 T-shirt 11
gloves 1 boots 6 shirt 16
socks 9 shoes 7 jumper 15

shorts 12 jacket 14
skirt 10 belt 5
dress 13
jeans 17

2 To describe appearance (clothing)


Ask Ss to describe what the people are
wearing in pairs.
Ask some Ss to tell the class.
Answer Key
Alexis is wearing a skirt, leggings, shoes and a
T-shirt. Barry is wearing a shirt, jeans and trainers.

3 To describe appearance (clothing)


Ask Ss to describe what they are wearing.
Ask some Ss to tell the class.
Suggested Answer Key
Today, I'm wearing a jumper, jeans and boots.

one hundred and four 104(T)


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 214

6d1 a) To listen and read for specific


information
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the
dialogue.
Elicit what Mary is buying.
Answer Key
Mary is buying a souvenir/a green cap.

b) To act out a dialogue


Ss take roles and act out the dialogue.
Check Ss intonation.

2 To role play a dialogue relating to


shopping for souvenirs
Ask Ss to work in pairs and act out a dialogue
similar to the one in Ex.1 changing the coloured
words and using the souvenirs in the pictures.
Monitor the activity around the class and then
have some pairs act out their dialogues in
front of the rest of the class.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Good afternoon. What can I do for you?
B: Good afternoon. I want to buy a souvenir.
A: What about this mug?
B: Its very nice. How much is it?
A: Its $12.00.
B: Can I have this blue one, please?
A: Sure. Thats $12.00.
B: Here you are.
A: Heres your change. Have a nice day.

To learn intonation in exclamations


Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat
chorally and/or individually.
Check Ss pronunciation and intonation.

105(T) one hundred and five


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 215

Everyday English 6d
Shopping

a) Listen and read the dialogue. What is Mary buying?


1
Shop assistant: Good afternoon. What can I do for you?
Mary: Good afternoon. I want to buy a souvenir.
Shop assistant: What about this cap?
Mary: Its very nice. How much is it?
Shop assistant: Its $15.00.
Mary: Can I have this green one, please?
Shop assistant: Sure. Thats $15.00.
Mary: Here you are.
Shop assistant: Heres your change. Have a nice day.

$3
0.0
0

.00
$18 .00
$15 4
.00 $1

9.00 $8
.00
$1
.00
$12

$5.
00

b) Read the dialogue aloud. Mind the intonation.

You are at a souvenir shop in the USA. Change the words


2 in colour to act out a dialogue like the one in Ex.1a. You can use
the souvenirs in the pictures.
Pronunciation Intonation in exclamations

Listen and repeat.


Wow! Thanks! Sounds great! OK!
one hundred and five 105
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 216

6e Grammar
Present continuous (interrogative & short answers)
Are you playing an
online game, Nat?
interrogative short answers
No, Mr Drake. Im
sending a message Am I Yes, I am./No, Im not.
to Maria. Are you Yes, you are./No, you arent.

singular
he
Yes, he/she/it is.
Is she
sleeping? No, he/she/it isnt.
it
we

plural
Yes, we/you/they are.
Are you
No, we/you/they arent.
they

Match the questions to the answers. Write in your notebook.


1
Are you going shopping? 1 a Yes, it is.
Is Jim going camping? 2 b No, they arent.
Are the children going to the beach? 3 c No, Im not.
Is the dog playing with the children? 4 d Yes, he is.

Complete the questions and answers. Write in your notebook.


2
1. Is Dan going (Dan/go) 3. ... (you/have) a picnic?
sightseeing? Yes, I ... .
No, he ... . 4. ... (Angelina/take) a bike
2. ... (your friends/play) ride?
football? No, she ... .
Yes, they ... .

Form questions. Answer them. Write in your notebook.


3
1. you/go to the beach now? ()
Are you going to the beach now? Yes, I am.
2. Ms Smith/visit the market now? ()
3. they/have a barbecue now? ()
4. Steve and Larry/make a snowman now? ()
106 one hundred and six
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 217

1 To present/practise the present


6e
continuous (interrogative & short answers)
Present the present continuous interrogative
and short answers. Say and then write on the
board: Am I playing tennis now? Explain that
this is the interrogative form of the present
continuous. Tell Ss that we answer in short form
with Yes/No, I am/am not, Yes/No, you/we/
they are/arent, Yes/No, he/she/it is/isnt.
Ask Ss to read the theory and the cartoon.
Then ask Ss to look at the questions and
match them to their answers.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 c 2 d 3 b 4 a

2 To practise the present continuous


(interrogative & short answers)
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete it.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 isnt
2 Are your friends playing football? are
3 Are you having a picnic? am
4 Is Angelina riding her bike? isnt

3 To practise the present continuous


(interrogative & short answers)
Explain the task and read out the example.
Give Ss time to compete the task.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
2 Is Ms Smith visiting the market now? No, she
isnt.
3 Are they having a barbecue now? Yes, they
are.
4 Are Steve and Larry making a snowman now?
No, they arent.

one hundred and six 106(T)


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 218

6e4 To practise the present continuous


(interrogative & short answers)
Ask Ss to look at the picture and read the
example.
Give Ss time to write questions for the rest of
the items and answer them.
Answer Key
2 Are Mark and Bill taking a bike ride? No, they
arent. They're eating.
3 Are Anna and Mary drinking coffee? No, they
arent. They're talking.
4 Is Ms Smith talking on her mobile? No, she
isn't. She's taking photos.
5 Is the dog playing? No, it isnt. Its sleeping.

5 To present object personal pronouns/


possessive pronouns
Go through the table and read out the
examples.
Ask Ss to read the cartoon.
Ask Ss to read the sentences and choose the
correct items.
Check Ss answers around the class.
Answer Key
1 My, Hers
2 their, ours
3 him, He, my
4 Your, Theirs
5 her, mine
6 my, yours

107(T) one hundred and seven


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 219

Grammar 6e
Look at the picture. Write questions, then answer them. Write in
4 your notebook.

1. Mr Smith/eat? () / have a
Bill barbecue ()
Is Mr Smith eating? No, he
isnt. Hes having
a barbecue.
Ms Smith 2. Mark and Bill take a bike
Mark ride? () / eat ()
3. Anna and Mary/drink
coffee? () / talk ()
4. Ms Smith talk on her
mobile? () / take photos
()
Anna
5. the dog/play? () / sleep
()
Mr Smith Mary
This is my new
scarf. Its mine.
Look at me!
Object personal pronouns/Possessive pronouns

object personal pronouns me you him her it us you them


possessive adjectives my your his her its our your their
possessive pronouns mine yours his hers ours yours theirs
Look at me! Its my cap. Its mine.

Read the table. Then, choose the correct item. Write in your
5 notebook.
1. My/Mine coat is blue. Her/Hers is red.
2. These arent their/theirs shoes. They are our/ours.
3. Look at him/his. He/His is wearing my/me scarf.
4. Your/Yours socks are green. Their/Theirs are orange.
5. These arent her/hers jeans. They are my/mine.
6. This isnt me/my hat. Its your/yours.
one hundred and seven 107
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 220

Reading
a) Look at the pictures. Which shows: a lion? a mouse? a centaur?
Video 1 a minotaur? a wolf?

a b) What is special about them? Listen and read to find out.

e
ESCAPE TO

b
Welcome to the magical world of Narnia, a eagle. Gryphons are soldiers in Aslan's army
land of mythical creatures and talking along with centaurs. Centaurs are also
animals. Narnia is the setting of the best- strange creatures that are half-man and half-
selling series of fantasy books by C. S. horse. They run quickly and are usually
Lewis. Some of the books, like The Lion, the generals in Aslan's army because they are
Witch and the Wardrobe, are also very very clever.
popular films. Many unusual creatures live in Not all creatures in Narnia are good, though.
c the land of Narnia. Let's meet some of them. Minotaurs are enemies of Aslan. They are
Aslan, the great lion, is the creator and king quite frightening creatures, with the body of
of Narnia. He has magical powers and uses a human, but the head of a bull. Minotaurs
them for good. He is very wise and kind but are stronger than the other animals in Narnia.
can also be quite dangerous. One of Aslans Another terrifying enemy of Aslan is the
loyal followers is Reepicheep, the talking talking wolf, Maugrim. As the leader of the
mouse. He may look small, furry and cute, wolves in Narnia, Maugrim can be extremely
but he is a brave knight who can fight very dangerous.
well with a sword! Full of fascinating creatures, Narnia can be
d Narnia has some fascinating mythical quite an adventurous place. Why not pick up
creatures too. High in the sky, gryphons fly one of C. S. Lewis' books and see for
about. These magnificent creatures have the yourself!
body of a lion but the head and wings of an

Read the text and complete the sentences in your notebook.


2
1. The writer of the Narnia 4. Gryphons can .
books is . 5. Centaurs look strange
Check these words 2. The king of Narnia is . because .
escape setting
3. Reepicheep can . 6. Minotaurs are stronger .
best-selling wise
loyal follower furry Speaking
knight fight sword
soldier army Make notes in your notebook under the headings: What is
general enemy
3 Narnia?, Talking animals, Mythical creatures. Use your notes to
present Narnia to the class.
108 one hundred and eight
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 221

1 a) To present new vocabulary through 3 To present Narnia


6f
pictures Explain the task and ask Ss to copy the
Ask Ss to look at the pictures and read out the headings into their notebooks and then give
list of creatures. them time to make notes under them.
Elicit which picture shows which creature. Ask various Ss to use their notes to present
Answer Key Narnia to the class.
a = a mouse Suggested Answer Key
b = a minotaur What is Narnia?: magical world, land of mythical
c = a wolf creatures and talking animals. King Aslan is a lion.
d = a centaur Talking animals: Reepicheep the talking
e = a lion mouse he is a brave knight and can fight with
a sword, Maugrim talking wolf, leader of the
b) To listen and read for gist wolves, very dangerous
Mythical creatures: gryphons fly high in the sky
Play the recording.
with body of a lion, head and wings of an eagle,
Ss listen to and read the text and find out the
centaurs half-man, half-horse, can run fast and
answer to the question.
are clever, minotaurs enemies of Aslan, body of
Answer Key a man, head of a bull and very strong
They are special because they are mythical
Narnia is a magical world with talking animals
creatures and talking animals.
and mythical creatures. The king of Narnia is
Aslan the lion. In Narnia, there are talking
2 To read for key information animals. Theres a mouse called Reepicheep. He
Ask Ss to read the sentence stems 1-6 and then is a brave knight and can fight with a sword.
read the text. There is also a talking wolf called Maugrim. He is
Give Ss time to complete the task. the leader of the wolves and is very dangerous.
Check Ss answers. The mythical creatures in Narnia include
Answer Key gryphons, centaurs and minotaurs. Gryphons
1 C. S. Lewis have the body of a lion and the head and wings
2 Aslan of an eagle. Centaurs are half-man, half-horse.
3 fight with a sword They are clever and can run quickly. Minotaurs
4 fly are enemies of Aslan. They have the body of a
5 they are half-man and half-horse man and head of a bull. They are very strong.
6 than the other animals in Narnia
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the
words in the Check these words box.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.

one hundred and eight 108(T)


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 222

6f4 To learn types of books 6 To listen for key information


Ask Ss to look at the pictures. Read the rubric aloud and ask Ss to read the
Play the recording with pauses for Ss to repeat list with the types of books.
chorally and/or individually. Play the recording. Ss listen and complete the
Then elicit which types of books are non- task.
fiction/fiction from Ss around the class. Play the recording again if necessary and
Answer Key check Ss answers.
Fiction: fairytales, science fiction, mystery and Answer Key
suspense, horror, fables, legends 1 c 2 a 3 d
Non-fiction: biographies, articles in
newspapers/magazines 7 To write a thank-you message
Explain the task and give Ss time to complete
5 To talk about types of books the task.
Go through the list of adjectives and explain/ Check Ss answers.
elicit their meanings. Suggested Answer Key
Then ask Ss to talk in pairs about which types of Dear Nicolae,
books they like/dont like using the adjectives Thank you so much for the book. Enders Game
and following the example. is a great science fiction book and a film. I cant
Monitor the activity around the class and then wait to read it! Thank you again!
ask some pairs to ask and answer in front of Mihaela
the class.
Suggested Answer Key
A: Do you like action and adventure books?
B: Yes, I love them. Theyre exciting!
A: Do you like fairytales?
B: No, I dont. Theyre boring. etc.

Culture Spot
Read out the box and then give Ss time to think
of writers in their country. Ask Ss to present them
to the class.
Suggested Answer Key
Alexandru Paleologu, Octavian Paler, Augustin
Buzura, Mircea Crtrescu, Gabriela
Adameteanu, Carmen-Francesca Banciu

109(T) one hundred and nine


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 223

Vocabulary
Types of books

Look at the pictures. Listen and repeat. Which types of


4 literature are non-fiction? fiction? Tell the class.
Action and adventure is fiction.

1 action & adventure 2 fairytales 3 science fiction 4 biographies

5 mystery & suspense 6 horror 7 articles in 8 fables 9 legends


newspapers/magazines

Video
Speaking & Writing

Talk about types of books as in the example. Use the adjectives:


Culture Spot 5 exciting, interesting, funny, boring, scary.
William Shakespeare
is the most famous A: Do you like science fiction books?
English writer in the B: Yes, I love them. Theyre exciting./No, I dont. Theyre scary.
world.
Listening

Listen and match the people to their favourite types of books.


6
John 1 a science fiction
Kate 2 b legends
Sally 3 c mystery
d fairytales
Name some
Your e-friend gives you a book as a gift for your birthday. Write
writers from
Romania.
7 him/her a thank you message.
one hundred and nine 109
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 224

6 CLIL (ICT)
Video How to print MANY photos from an email at once
We all receive messages from our friends by text, on social media or by
email. Sometimes our friends send us pictures in an email and we want
to print them. Its easy to create a poster with these pictures and
print it. Just follow this guide!
1 Open the email and use your mouse to right-click on a picture.
Choose Copy from the menu that appears on the screen.
2 Open a new word document. Right-click with the mouse again
and choose Paste. The picture appears in your word document.
3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until you have got all the pictures you want in your word document.
4 Now, you can move the pictures around the page and make them big or small. Just click
on each picture and use the mouse to make the changes.
5 When youre happy with your design, save your word document to your computer. Click on
File and Save As ... . Decide where you want to store the file and what you want to call it.
6 To print your photos, click on File again and choose Print. Watch as your pictures come
out of the printer.

Reading
Check these words Listen to and read the text and put the pictures in the correct
send print follow
1 order.
right-click
A B C
copy/paste save
printer

D E F
Watch
videos about
holiday
destinations,
then make a Speaking
poster
Use the pictures in Ex. 1 to explain how to print a lot of photos
showing 2 from an email at once.
holiday
destinations.
Ask your partner to send you photos of his/her last holiday by email.
3 Follow the steps 1-6 and print them all at once. Create a poster.
110 one hundred and ten
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 225

1 To listen and read for order of events


want. Next, move the pictures and make them
6
big or small. Then, click on 'File' and 'Save As ' to
Ask Ss to look at the pictures. save the document. Finally, click on 'File' then
Play the recording. Ss listen and read and 'Print' to print out the photos.
then order the pictures.
Answer Key 3 To print a lot of photos at once and
create a poster
A 6 B 5 C 1 D 3 E 2 F 4
Explain the task and assign the task as HW.
Give Ss time to look up the meanings of the Then have Ss create a poster using the photos
words in the Check these words box.
and bring it to class.
Play the video and elicit Ss comments.
(Ss own answers)
2 To consolidate information in a text
To make a poster
Ask Ss to use the pictures in Ex. 1 and explain how
to print a lot of photos at once. Then ask some Ss Explain the task and give Ss time to do some
to tell the class. online research and find suitable videos.
Suggested Answer Key Have Ss create a poster of holiday
destinations.
To print many photos from an email at once, first
Display the posters around the classroom.
copy a photo from your email. Then, paste it onto
a word document. Do this for all the photos you (Ss own answers)

From p. 111(T)

Ex. 3 There are lots of celebrations in Romania


Suggested Answer Key throughout the year. Let me tell you about some
of them.
On 24th February, we celebrate Dragobete. It is
like Valentines Day. We give gifts to loved ones.
Then, on 1st March we have Martisor. We wear
red and white string bracelets for good luck. In
24th February April or May, we have Easter. It is a very important
Dragobete 1st March Martisor celebration. We go to church, spend time with
friends and family and eat lots of delicious Easter
food. We also make Easter baskets and cakes.
In July or August, in Sighisoara, there is a
Medieval Festival. Here people see knights and
princesses. There are also singers and dancers
performing on a stage.
April/May Easter July/August Medieval
Festival From 24th 27th December, we celebrate
Christmas. We gather with our friends and
families, go to church, eat meals together and
exchange gifts. These are only some of the things
we celebrate here in Romania, there are lots of
other exciting celebrations, too!
24th-27th December
Christmas
one hundred and ten 110(T)
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 226

6 1 To create a poster 3 To present a calendar of annual


Ask Ss to work in small groups. celebrations in Romania
Tell them to collect information about annual Ask various Ss to give a presentation on the
celebrations in Romania and make notes annual celebrations in their country to the
under the headings in their notebooks. class.
Check Ss answers on the board. Tell Ss to use the calendar to help them.
Suggested Answer Key Suggested Answer Key see p. 110(T)
Name: Dragobete
Place: Romania
4 To discuss the value of
Date: 24th February
celebrations
Activities: Give gifts to loved ones
Read out the ideas.
Name: Martisor Give Ss time to read through the ideas and
Place: Romania discuss them in pairs as well as their own
Date: 1st March ideas.
Activities: Wear red and white string bracelets for Monitor the activity around the class and then
good luck ask some Ss to tell the class.
Name: Easter Play the video and elicit Ss comments.
Place: Romania Suggested Answer Key
Date: April or May A: I agree that celebrations bring family and
Activities: Go to church, eat with friends and friends together. I always spend time with my
family, bake Easter cakes, make Easter baskets family at Easter and Christmas.
Name: Medieval Festival B: Me, too. I like going to visit my family at Christmas.
Place: Sighisoara, Romania I also think some celebrations attract visitors.
Date: July or August A: Yes, a lot of tourists visit different places to
Activities: See knights and princesses, watch attend festivals and celebrations.
singers and dancers B: Do you think celebrations keep a places
culture alive? I do.
Name: Christmas A: Yes! My family always keep traditions at Easter
Place: Romania and Christmas. I think its very interesting to
Date: 24th-27th December learn about customs and traditions. I think
Activities: Gather with friends and family, go to celebrations always bring excitement to a
church, eat meals together, exchange presents place.
B: I think so, too! Everyone is always happy when
2 To create a calendar there is a celebration. There is also a lot of
Give Ss time to create a calendar using their exciting things to see and do at celebrations.
answers from Ex. 1. Also, I like being able to relax and have fun at
celebrations.
(Ss own answers) A: Me, too. We dont usually go to school. We can
stay home with our family and friends and do
fun things that are different from our daily
routine.

111(T) one hundred and eleven


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 227

Flash Time 6
Project Time

1 In groups, collect information about annual celebrations


in Romania and make notes under the headings: Name, Place,
March Date, Activities in your notebook.

2 Create a calendar showing the celebrations in the different


months.

Presentation skills

3 Use your calendar in Ex.2 to give a presentation about annual


celebrations in Romania to the class.

VALUES
Celebrations

Why are celebrations important? Discuss the ideas below with


4 your partner.
1. They bring family and friends together.
2. They attract visitors to a place.
3. They keep a places culture alive.
4. They bring excitement to a place.

Video
5. They allow us to relax and have fun.

one hundred and eleven 111


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 228

6 Progress Check
Reading Unscramble the words to find the
Decide if the sentences are R (right) or
3 clothes. Write in your notebook.
1 W (wrong) or DS (doesn't say). Write in
1. trisk s ...
your notebook.

Hi, Paul! A 2. gelngisg l ...


My parents and I are in Kazimierz
Dolny. Its a small town on the
eastern bank of the Vistula river. Its 3. sfrac s ...
the art centre of Poland. Were
staying in a nice hotel close to the 4. ratnires t ...
city centre. The weathers great. There are a lot of things to do
here. In the mornings, we go sightseeing. Today, were visiting 4x2=8
some local galleries. In the evenings, we try local dishes. They
are delicious. Cant wait to show you the photos.
Grammar
See you,
Put the verbs in brackets into the present
Krzystof
4 continuous. Write in your notebook.
B Greetings from Thailand. Im here with my 1. We ... (go) to the beach.
family! Were staying at a beautiful hotel by the
sea. Every morning, we swim at the beach, and 2. Martin ... (come) with us.
then we visit famous sights. In the evenings, we 3. I ... (study) now.
have dinner at local restaurants. The food here
is delicious. Right now, we are visiting a floating 4. They ... (run) in the park.
4x2=8
market. It isnt raining now, so there are a lot of
people here. Dads buying some clothes and
Mums taking photos. Were having a nice time.
Rewrite the sentences in the negative in
Hope you are OK. See you soon! 5 your notebook.
Susan
1. Joe is playing tennis.
1. Krzystof is on holiday with his friends. 2. The boys are doing their homework.
2. It never rains in Kazimierz Dolny. 3. I am sleeping.
3x1=3
3. Susans hotel is near the sea.
4. Susan is enjoying her holiday. Complete the questions in the present
4 x 4 = 16
6 continuous with the words in brackets
and answer them. Write in your
Vocabulary notebook.
Fill in the gaps with: take, have, go,
2 make, visit, play. Write in your notebook.
1. ... (Julie/swim)? Yes, ... .
2. ... (Bob and you/tidy) your room?
1. ... sports 4. ... a museum Yes, ... .
2. ... a snowman 5. ... a picnic 3. ... (the girls/take) pictures? No, ... .
3. ... swimming 6. ... a bike ride 3x2=6
6x1=6
112 one hundred and twelve
10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 229

6
1 Answer Key 4 Answer Key
1 W 2 DS 3 R 4 R 1 are going
2 is coming
2 Answer Key 3 am studying
4 are running
1 play
2 make
3 go 5 Answer Key
4 visit 1 Joe isnt playing tennis.
5 have 2 The boys arent doing their homework.
6 take 3 I am not sleeping.

3 Answer Key 6 Answer Key


1 skirt 1 Is Julie swimming, she is
2 leggings 2 Are you and Bob tidying, we are
3 scarf 3 Are the girls taking, they arent
4 trainers

one hundred and twelve 112(T)


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 230

6
7 Answer Key 10 Suggested Answer Key
1 my, it Hi Simon,
2 mine, your Today it's hot and sunny! Right now, I'm sitting in
3 Her, mine a caf. Im having a meal and writing my
4 them, Their postcards. Im wearing shorts and a T-shirt. Im
having a great time!
8 Answer Key Write back!
Ahmed
1 Hello. I want to buy a souvenir.
2 What about this bag?
Competences
3 Sure. Thats $12.00.
Ask Ss to assess their own performance in the
4 Here you are.
module by drawing stars according to how
competent they feel for each of the listed
9 Answer Key activities.
1 e 2 b 3 c 4 a

113(T) one hundred and thirteen


10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6.qxp_10 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Mod 6 10/4/17 11:37 AM Page 231

Progress Check 6
Choose the correct word. Write in your Writing
7 notebook.
10 Complete the email to your English
friend, Simon, in your notebook. Write:
1. Wheres my/mine scarf? I cant find
it/its. about the weather, what youre wearing,
what youre doing now.
2. This hat is my/mine. Where is
MAILBOX SEND
your/yours hat?
Hi Simon,
3. Her/Hers gloves are red. The blue ones
Today its ... . Im wearing ... . Right now, I ... .
are me/mine.
Write back!
4. Look at their/them! Theirs/Their ...
jackets are the same colour.
4x2=8 17 points
Everyday English Total: 100 points
Competences
Complete the exchanges with:
8
What about this bag? Good Very good Excellent
Sure. Thats $12.00.
Here you are Now I can ...
Hello. I want to buy a souvenir Vocabulary & Grammar
talk about outdoor/free-time activities
Write in your notebook.
talk about the weather
1. A: Good morning. What can I do for talk about clothes, shopping and books
you?
use the present continuous
B: ...
use personal object/possessive pronouns
2. A: ...
Reading
B: Its very nice. How much is it?
match phrases to make complete sentences
3. A: Can I have one, please? identify R/W/DS statements
B: ...
answer comprehension questions
4. A: ...
Listening
B: Heres your change. Have a nice day!
listen for specific information (Multiple matching)
4 x 3 = 12
Listening Speaking
Listen and match the people to agree/disagree
9 their favourite activities. Write in your talk about the weather
notebook. describe what Im/someone else is wearing
Nick 1 a reading a book buy things
Sally 2 b go shopping present information about/talk about books
present celebrations/festivals
Steve 3 c visit a museum
Writing
Pat 4 d go camping
write an instant message
e play sports write a thank you note
4 x 4 = 16
one hundred and thirteen 113
11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales.qxp_11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales 10/4/17 11:42 AM Page 232

World Tales

A
Video

A poor fisherman and his wife live near the sea. One day, the
fisherman catches a golden fish. The fish says to him, Please let me
go, and you can have anything you wish!
The fisherman doesnt ask for anything and returns home. When he
tells his wife about the golden fish, she becomes angry.
You fool! she shouts at him. We need a new bucket. So, the
B
fisherman goes to the sea and calls the golden fish, asking it for a
new bucket. The fish grants his wish and he goes home to find a
new bucket.
After that, the fishermans wife sends him back to the golden fish
again and again. She asks for a lot of things; first a new house, then,
to be rich. After that, she wants to be the queen of the land with
servants. Each time the fisherman goes back to the sea it becomes
darker and stormier but still, the fish grants all of his wifes wishes.
The fishermans wife still isnt happy. She wants to become the
C queen of the land and sea with the golden fish as her servant. The
fisherman goes to the sea. It is dark and the sky is cloudy. He asks
the fish for his wifes wish but this time, the fish swims away. He
doesnt grant the wish. When the fisherman goes home, he sees his
wife and in front of her, the old bucket. Everything is gone and they
are poor once again.

D
E

114 one hundred and fourteen


11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales.qxp_11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales 10/4/17 11:42 AM Page 233

1 To introduce the story through pictures


Ask Ss to look at the pictures, read the
descriptions 1-6 and match them.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
1 B 2 C 3 A 4 D 5 E 6 F

2 To listen and read for order of events


Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the
text and put the pictures in the correct order
of the events in the story.
Check Ss answers.
Answer Key
A 6 B 2 C 4 D 1 E 5 F 3

one hundred and fourteen 114(T)


11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales.qxp_11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales 10/4/17 11:42 AM Page 234

3 To read for key information 6 To design a cover for a story


Give Ss time to read the text again and then Ask Ss to work in small groups and think of an
read the questions 1-3 and the answer appropriate image for the cover of the story.
choices. Ss complete the task. Give Ss time to draw it and colour it and then
Check Ss answers around the class. ask various groups to present their covers to
Play the video and elicit Ss comments. the class.
Answer Key (Ss own answers)
1 B 2 C 3 A
7 To act out a story
4 To express a wish/desire
Divide the class into groups of six and ask
Give Ss time to consider the question and them to act out the story following the
write their answers in their notebooks. directions in front of the class.
Then ask various Ss around the class to read Make a video of each group.
out their answers and then discuss as a class.
(Ss own answers)
Suggested Answer Key
I want a new bike.

5 To develop critical thinking skills


Read out the message options and give Ss
time to consider them and choose the one
they think is most appropriate. Then Ss write it
in their notebooks.
Elicit answers from around the class.
Answer Key
a

115(T) one hundred and fifteen


11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales.qxp_11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales 10/4/17 11:42 AM Page 235

World Tales
Look at the pictures. Which one shows:
1
1. an angry woman with a bucket?
2. a queen with her servants?
3. the golden fish swimming away.
4. the fisherman catching the golden fish?
5. a queen and the golden fish as her servant?
6. the fisherman and his wife getting a new house?

Listen to and read the story. Then, put the pictures (1-6) in the
2 correct order. Write in your notebook.

Read the story. For questions 1-3 choose the best answer A, B or C.
3 Write in your notebook.

1. The fisherman
A has a lot of servants. B is a poor man. C is rich.
2. The fish offers the fisherman a wish because
A it feels sorry for him. B his wife is angry at him.
C it wants to thank him for saving his life.
3. The fishermans wife
A is never happy with what she has.
B does not like fishing.
C hates bad weather.

Imagine you meet the golden fish. What do you want it to


4 do for you? Say or write in your notebook.

What is the message of the story? Write in your notebook.


5
a Be happy with what you have got.
b Be careful what you wish for.

In groups design a cover for the story. Present it to the


6 class.

Work in groups of six. Three students take roles and act out
7 the story. The other three mime what happens. Videotape
yourselves.

one hundred and fifteen 115


11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales.qxp_11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales 10/4/17 11:42 AM Page 236

World Tales
Video

One summer day, Robert, the


Earl of Huntingdon and
Marian are getting married
at the church. Suddenly,
the doors burst open and
the Sheriff steps inside.
Stop the wedding! he shouts.
B There is a new king, Prince John, and he doesnt
want Robert to be the Earl of Huntingdon. Instead, he wants
the Sheriff to arrest him. So, the Sheriff tells Robert that he
does not own his castle, his land or his title any more. The
Sheriff orders his guards to arrest Robert. The guards move
towards Robert but he manages to escape. He runs out of the
church, gets onto a horse and rides into the forest.
In the forest, a group of men holding bows and arrows stop
him. They tell him to get off his horse and hand over all of his
money.
The group of men are outlaws and enemies of the Sheriff and
the new king. One of them recognises Robert as the Earl of
Huntingdon. The group of men realise that Robert is now an
outlaw and ask him to join them as their leader. Robert takes
C
his own bow and arrow, puts up his green hood and tells the
men, Sherwood Forest is now my castle and my name is
RobinRobin Hood!

E
D

116 one hundred and sixteen


11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales.qxp_11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales 10/4/17 11:42 AM Page 237

1 To listen and read for key information 2 To listen to and read for order of events
Ask Ss to look at the pictures. Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the
Play the recording. Ss listen to and read the text and put the pictures in the correct order
text and find out who the people in the of the events in the story.
pictures are. Check Ss answers.
Elicit answers from Ss around the class. Answer Key
Answer Key E Robert and Marian get married
A Robert, the Earl of Huntingdon, and the C Soldiers arrest Robert
Sheriff of Nottingham A Robert escapes
B Robin Hood and some outlaws D Outlaws stop Robert
C Robert, the Earl of Huntingdon, the Sheriff B Robert puts up hood
of Nottingham, Marian and some guards
D Robert, the Earl of Huntingdon, and some
outlaws
E - Robert, the Earl of Huntingdon, and Marian

one hundred and sixteen 116(T)


11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales.qxp_11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales 10/4/17 11:42 AM Page 238

3 To read for order of events 6 To predict the end of a story


Ask Ss to read the text again and then read Give Ss time to consider what they think will
the listed events. happen in the end and then ask various Ss to
Give Ss time to put the events in the correct share their ideas with the class.
order. Suggested Answer Key
Check Ss answers.
I think Robin will defeat the Sheriff and the new
Answer Key king and he will become the Earl of Huntingdon
1 d 3 f 5 g 7 b again and marry Marian and live happily ever
2 c 4 e 6 a after.

4 To read for specific information 7 To research a story


Give Ss time to read the statements 1-6 and Ask Ss to go online and research the whole
then read the text again and mark them story of Robin Hood and play the video.
according to what they read. Ask Ss to compare their answers in Ex.6 with
Check Ss answers. the actual events.
Answer Key (Ss own answers)
1 W 2 R 3 R 4 W 5 R 6 R

5 To write a summary of a story


Give Ss time to write a summary of the story
using the pictures.
Then ask various Ss to read out their summary
to the class.
Suggested Answer Key
Robert and Marian are getting married at the
church. The Sheriff comes to arrest Robert, but he
manages to escape. The outlaws stop Robert in
the forest. Robert joins them as their leader and
changes his name to Robin Hood.

117(T) one hundred and seventeen


11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales.qxp_11 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts World tales 10/4/17 11:42 AM Page 239

World Tales
Who are the people in the pictures? Listen and read to find out.
1
Listen to and read the story. Then, put the pictures (A-E) in the
2 correct order. Write in your notebook.

Read the story and put the events in the order they happen. Write
3 in your notebook.

a The men ask Robert to be their leader.


b Robert changes his name to Robin Hood.
c The Sheriff enters the church.
d Marian and Robert are getting married.
e Robert escapes on a horse.
f The sheriff orders men to arrest Robert.
g Some men stop Robert in the forest.

Read again and decide if the sentences are R (right) or


4 W (wrong). Write in your notebook.

1. Marian is Roberts sister.


2. Prince John does not like Robert.
3. The Sheriff has orders to arrest Robert.
4. Robert escapes to a church.
5. Robert joins a group of men in the forest.
6. Robert changes his name.

Say or write a summary of the story in your notebook. Use the


5 pictures on p. 116.

What do you think happens in the end? Tell your partner.


6

Video 7 Research the whole story. Check your answers in Ex 6.

one hundred and seventeen 117


12 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluation.qxp_12 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluation 10/4/17 11:49 AM Page 240

1 Evaluation (Modules 1-2)


Vocabulary Write the plurals in your notebook.
Fill in the nationalities. Write in your
4
1 notebook. 1. butterfly
1. He is from Canada. He is ... . 2. scarf
2. She is from the UK. She is ... . 3. key
3. They are from Romania. They are ... . 4. man
4. We are from Portugal. We are ... . 5. tooth
5. I am from USA. I am ... . 6. bus

Fill in the missing words: friends, brother,


2 popular, old, tall. Write in your
notebook.
Everyday English
1. Jack is my ... .
Fill in the gaps with: she, how, years,
2. He is 12 years ... . 5 whos, plump. Write in your notebook.
3. He is ... and thin.
4. He has got a lot of ... at school. A: Hello Tim! 1) ... that girl over there?
5. He is very ... . B: Who? The short 2) ... one?
A: No. The tall one.
Grammar B: Thats Simona.
Choose the correct word. Write in your A: Where is she from?
3 notebook. B: 3) ... is from Romania.
1. Im Tim and this is her/my desk. A: 4) ... old is she?
2. This is Ben and this is his/your B: She is 11 5) ... old and she is very
bike. friendly. Lets go and say hello!
3. This is Anna and this is
her/his brother.
4. This is Paul and this
is her/his sister.
5. Anna and Jane are
sisters and this is
your/their school.

118 one hundred and eighteen


12 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluation.qxp_12 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluation 10/4/17 11:49 AM Page 241

Evaluation (Modules 3-4) 2


Vocabulary Grammar
Choose the correct word (A,B or C) to Fill in: some or any. Write in your
1 fill in the gaps. Write in your notebook.
3 notebook.
1. Are there ... oranges in the fridge?
My 1) ... is really big. There is a 2) ... room
2. There are ... flowers in the vase.
and a kitchen downstairs. There are three
3. There arent ... pictures on the wall.
rooms upstairs; two 3) ... and a bathroom. In
my bedroom theres a bed, a desk with a 4. There are ... books in the bookcase.
computer on it and 4) ... on the walls. Theres 5. There arent curtains in the
bedroom.
a big 5) ... opposite my house. I can play
football there with my friends.
Fill in the gaps with: at, on or in. Write in
4 your notebook.
1. A school B house C garage
2. A wardrobe B balcony C living 1. I get up ... 7 oclock ... the morning
3. A bedrooms B sofas C bookcases 2. My flat is ... the third floor.
4. A curtains B posters C doors 3. We have football practice ... the
5. A park B library C hospital afternoon.
4. We visit our cousins ... Sundays.
5. Our lessons begin ... 8:00 am.

Fill in: hang, homework, shower, online, Everyday English


2 brush. Write in your notebook. Choose the correct response. Write in
5 your notebook.
1. A: Wheres the library?
I get up at 7 oclock in the morning B: a Turn left.
and take a 1) ... . Then, I have b On the second floor.
breakfast and 2) ... my teeth. At 2. A: Can you repeat it, please?
B: a Of course.
8:00 am I go to school. I
b Turn right.
come back from school
3. A: Thank you.
at 5:00 pm. I do my B: a Im sorry.
3) ... and then I b Youre welcome.
chat 4) ... or 4. A: Who is Gareth Bale?
5) ... out with B: a Hes a footballer.
my friends. b Hes tall and thin.
5. A: Where is the lamp?
B: a Under the desk.
b On the table.
one hundred and nineteen 119
12 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluation.qxp_12 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluation 10/4/17 11:49 AM Page 242

3 Evaluation (Modules 5-6)


Vocabulary Put the verbs in brackets into the
4 present continuous. Write in your
Fill in the gaps with: take, have, go, visit,
1 play. Write in your notebook. notebook.
1. ... (you/do) your homework?
1. ... football 4. ... a gallery
2. Jim ... (go) to the supermarket.
2. ... breakfast 5. ... a walk
3. The children ... (swim).
3. ... running
4. ... (the dog/play) with you?
5. We ... (make) breakfast.
Choose the correct word. Write in your
2 notebook.
Everyday English
1. Beat/Add/Peel the eggs with a
Complete the dialogue with:
whisk/knife/spoon. 5
2. Grate/Beat/Mix the cheese with a How about this T-shirt?
grater/fork/knife. How much is it?
3. To make potato chips, mix/peel/add Sure.
the potatoes and slice/mix/grate I want to buy a souvenir.
them thin. Heres your change.
4. Lettuce/Rice/Strawberry is a
Write in your notebook.
vegetable and cherries/chickens/
potatoes are fruit. A: Good morning. What can I do for
5. Grate/Mix/Slice the salad with a you?
knife/spoon/grater. B: 1) ...
A: 2) ...
Grammar B: Its very nice. 3) ...
Choose the correct word or phrase. A: Its 18.
3 Write in your notebook. B: Can I have the green one, please?
1. How much/How many sugar do we A: 4) ... Thats 18 please.
need? Not much/Not many.
B: Here you are.
2. There isnt many/much milk. Can you
buy a carton/packet, please? A: 5) ... Have a nice day!

3. Can I have any/some soup, please?


A cup/bowl is fine.
4. There are a few/a little apples. We
can make some/an apple pie.
5. There arent some/any oranges. Can
you buy a little/some?

120 one hundred and twenty


13 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts_Evaluation_key.qxp_13 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts_Evaluation_key 10/4/17 11:51 AM Page 243

Evaluation Key
EVALUATION 1 (Modules 1-2) EVALUATION 3 (Modules 5-6)
1 1 Canadian 4 Portuguese 1 1 play 3 go 5 take
2 British 5 American 2 have 4 visit
3 Romanian
2 1 Beat, whisk 4 Lettuce, cherries
2 1 brother 3 tall 5 popular 2 Grate, grater 5 Mix, spoon
2 old 4 friends 3 peel, slice

3 1 my 3 her 5 their 3 1 How much, Not much


2 his 4 his 2 much, carton
3 some, bowl
4 1 butterflies 3 keys 5 teeth 4 a few, an
2 scarves 4 men 6 buses 5 any, some

5 1 Whos 3 She 5 years 4 1 Are you doing 4 Is the dog playing


2 plump 4 How 2 is going 5 are making
3 are swimming
EVALUATION 2 (Modules 3-4)
1 1 B 2 C 3 A 4 B 5 A 5 1 I want to buy a souvenir.
2 How about this T-shirt?
2 1 shower 3 homework 5 hang 3 How much is it?
2 brush 4 online 4 Sure.
5 Heres your change.
3 1 any 3 any 5 any
2 some 4 some

4 1 at, in 3 in 5 at
2 on 4 on

5 1 b 2 a 3 b 4 a 5 b

EK1
13 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts_Evaluation_key.qxp_13 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts_Evaluation_key 10/4/17 11:51 AM Page 244
14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio.qxp_14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio 10/4/17 11:51 AM Page 245

Students Book
Audioscripts

SA245
14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio.qxp_14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio 10/4/17 11:51 AM Page 246

Students Book Audioscripts


Welcome back 1 Progress Check
Exercise 2 (p. 10) Exercise 11 (p. 33)
1 B - I - double L 3 J-U-A-N T: Hello, Im Mrs Smith. Im your teacher. Whats your
2 M -A -Y -A 4 T-E-R-E-S-A name?
S: My names Tony Banks.
Exercise 6 (p. 13) T: How do you spell your surname?
1 12 2 100 3 50 4 42 5 13 6 80 S: B-A-N-K-S.
T: OK. How old are you Tony?
Exercise 2 (p. 14) S: Im 12 years old.
T: Where are you from?
1 Its five past three.
S: Im a New Zealander. Im from the city of
2 Its a quarter to seven.
Auckland.
3 Its half past two.
T: Right. When is your birthday?
4 Its twenty-five to four.
S: Its on the 18th of February.
5 Its a quarter past twelve.
T: OK. Thank you.
Exercise 5 (p. 15)
Module 2 Family ties
Mondays are great! My first lesson is Maths from 8:30
2a Reading
until 9:30. Then its Music. Break is at 10:30. At 10:45, its
English and then its PE. Lunch break is from 12:45 until Exercise 6 (p. 37)
1:30. Then its Science until 2:30. From 2:30 until 3:30 its This is a picture of me and my family. My mum and my
Art. Its my favourite school subject! dad are on the left. The boy next to my dad is my
brother, Ben. Our granddad is with us, too. Hes got his
Module 1 Hello! dog, Bruce. Hes really friendly! Our grandma isnt in
1a Reading the picture. Shes in the house with my sister, Julie.
Exercise 5 (p. 21)
2f Across Cultures
Boy: Hello. Whats your name?
Exercise 6 (p. 45)
Girl: Im Beth Camden.
Boy: How old are you, Beth? Hi! My favourite superhero is The Flash! The Flash is
Girl: Im 10 years old. from Missouri, USA. His real name is Barry Allen. The
Boy: Where are you from? Flash is tall and strong and hes clever, too! The Flash is
Girl: Im Canadian. Im from Hudson. Its a small town the husband of Iris West and hes also the uncle of
in Canada. Wally West, the third Flash.

Girl: Hi! Whats your name? 2 Progress Check


Boy: My names Peter Smith.
Exercise 9 (p. 49)
Girl: How old are you?
Boy: Im 11 years old. A: How many people are in your family, Anna?
Girl: Where are you from? B: There are five people in my family. My mum is
Boy: Im American. Im from Los Angeles. Its a city in Jane, my dad is Andy, and Tom and Paul are my
the USA. brothers.
A: How old are your parents?
1f Across Cultures B: My mum is forty and my dad is forty-two.
A: Have your mum and dad got any brothers and
Exercise 6 (p. 29)
sisters?
The Belm Tower is in the lovely seaside town of B: Yes. My dad has a brother. Hes Alex. His wife is Kelly
Mindelo in Cape Verde. The tower is 80 years old. Its a and they have two daughters, Helen and Sue.
copy of the big tower in Lisbon, Portugal. Its under 30
metres high and the view from the top is beautiful!
SA1
14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio.qxp_14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio 10/4/17 11:51 AM Page 247

Students Book Audioscripts


Module 3 Home, ... sweet home B: Hi, Sarah. No, that exam is on Friday. Tomorrow,
3f Across Cultures weve got a class trip to a museum.
A: Oh! So thats how youve got time to be in the
Exercise 7 (p. 61)
gym!
Girl: Hi, Bill! Hows your new house? B: Thats right!
Boy: Hello, Katie. Its great! Its a detached house with
its own garden and a driveway. Module 4 Every day
Girl: Wow. Is it big?
4a Reading
Boy: Oh, yes. There are three rooms downstairs and
four bedrooms and a bathroom upstairs. Its got a Exercise 6 (p. 69)
garage, too. Pauls timetable
Girl: Where is it? Hi! Im Paul. My school day starts when I get up at
Boy: On Green Street. Its one of the new houses. 7:00 am. I have breakfast and brush my teeth. I go to
Girl: Is it opposite the old block of flats? school at 8:00 am. We have registration at 8:30 and
Boy: No, its near the park. Come over after school begin lessons. There is a break at 10:45 am. We stop
and see. again at 1:00 pm for lunch. In the afternoon, we have
more lessons. At 3:45 pm, I have tennis practice. I do
3 Progress Check my homework when I go home, at 5:00 pm. My family
Exercise 8 (p. 65) and I have dinner at 7:00 pm. I chat online at 8:00 pm.
Then I take a shower and go to bed at 9:30 pm.
1 Wheres the desk?
My bedroom is great! It has got a single bed, a
4f Across Cultures
big wardrobe and a window. Also, there is a desk
so I can do my homework in the evenings. The Exercise 6 (p. 77)
wardrobe is next to my bed and the desk is in Antons daily routine
front of the window so I can look outside. My names Anton. Im at the Gheorghe Hagi Football
Academy for two weeks. Its great fun here, but its a
2 Which floor is Johns house on? lot of hard work. I get up at seven oclock because at
Hi, Emma! Its John. Where are you? I cant reach seven thirty, I have breakfast. At nine, I have football
you on your mobile phone or on your home practice and I have lunch at twelve thirty. Im usually
phone. Anyway, my birthday party is tomorrow very hungry! In the afternoon, at two oclock, we all
evening. Please come. My house is at 2 Park play a match. After that, I take a shower and at six
Street on the 8th floor. There is no lift on my floor, thirty I have dinner. I have some free time in the
but you can go to the fifth floor and walk up to evening to watch TV or play video games, but then its
the 8th. See you there! time to go to bed at nine thirty.
3 What hasnt Kate got in her bedroom?
4 Progress Check
A: Hi, Kate! How is your new house?
B: Hi, Jill. Its just great! Its so big. Exercise 8 (p. 81)
A: So have you got your own room? 1 What is Mary's favourite activity?
B: Yes, I have. Its got a single bed and a thick Boy: What do you usually do in the evenings,
carpet and a desk for my computer. Mary?
A: What about all your books? Girl: Well, I always do my homework on my
B: They are in the bookcase in the living room, computer.
but thats OK because I can read them on the Boy: Me too. And then I read a book. It's so
sofa! relaxing.
Girl: I sometimes read, but listening to music is
4 Wheres Peter?
my favourite way to relax.
A: Hi, Peter! Why are you here? Why arent you in
the library? Havent you got an exam tomorrow?

SA2
14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio.qxp_14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio 10/4/17 11:51 AM Page 248

Students Book Audioscripts


2 What is Tom's favourite free-time activity? 3 What does Lyn need to buy?
Girl: I always read a book before I go to bed. A: Have you got everything you need for dinner,
Boy: Reading is OK, but I usually surf the Net in Rory?
the evenings. B: Why, Lyn? Are you going to the supermarket?
Girl: Do you watch TV? A: Yes, I am. I have to get some apples for the pie
Boy: Not much. It's a bit boring. I like going out. tomorrow.
Girl: Do you want to come bowling with us B: Well, Ive got the onions for the soup and
tomorrow, then? cucumbers for the salad . So, I think Im OK.
Boy: Sure! I love bowling! A: OK, see you later!
3 When can Bob meet Janet?
5 Progress Check
Girl: Are you free on Tuesday, Bob?
Boy: No, I've got football practice on Tuesdays Exercise 7 (p. 97)
and Thursdays. 1 What is Marys favourite food?
Girl: OK then, Wednesday it is. A: Whats for dinner, Mary?
Boy: Is 6 o'clock OK? B: Its my favourite.
Girl: Yes, it's fine with me. A: Oh, whats that? Burgers?
B: No, thats your favourite.
4 Who is Anna's dad?
A: Dont tell me its fish. I cant stand fish.
Boy: Does your dad like his new job, Anna?
B: No, its pizza.
Girl: Yes. He misses the restaurant, but he loves
A: Great!
his new school.
Boy: I bet he's a great teacher! 2 What does Tony want to eat?
Girl: Yes, and he's happy because he can see A: Come on Tony. Lets have an ice cream.
Mum in the evenings now after she finishes work B: No, thanks. Im really hungry.
at the hospital. A: Do you want to get a burger instead then?
B: No, I prefer to have a sandwich.
Module 5 All about food A: OK. Lets go to the caf.
5f Across Cultures 3 What do they order?
Exercise 6 (p. 93) A: Im hungry! Lets order.
1 Whats Pauls favourite food? B: What do you like: pizza or burgers?
A: Whats for dinner, Dad? Not chicken again, I A: I want pizza. How about you?
hope? B: Yes, me too. Do you want chips with it?
B: No, its your favourite, Paul hot dogs. A: Not really. I want a dessert.
A: Hot dogs arent my favourite food anymore. B: Ice cream or apple pie?
B: So what is? A: Ice cream.
A: Ever since we got that lovely fish in Brighton, I 4 What is Annas favourite food?
cant stop thinking about it! A: Mmm! Chicken! Do you like chicken, Becky?
2 What does Ann want to drink? B: Not really, Anna. I prefer red meat and I cant
A: Do you want something to drink, Ann? How stand fish.
about a glass of this lovely apple juice? A: I dont like fish, either but chicken yummy!
B: No, thanks its too cold outside for juice.
Could I have a nice hot cup of tea?
A: Of course. Do you want some milk in that?
B: No, thanks. Black is fine.
A: Sugar?
B: Just a little, please. Half a teaspoon.

SA3
14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio.qxp_14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio 10/4/17 11:51 AM Page 249

Students Book Audioscripts


Module 6 Lets have fun! Steve: I love learning about history. I spend my free
6f Across Cultures time reading books all about the past. My favourite
way to spend the weekend though, is to go to the
Exercise 6 (p. 109)
local history museum. Its a great way to get out of the
John: I love reading lots of different books. I like house and learn something new!
reading action & adventure stories about pirates and
cowboys. But my favourite types of books to read are Pat: I go to tennis practice on Thursdays and
ones about detectives and solving crimes. I think they sometimes meet my friends to play football in the park.
are a bit scary, but really interesting! I like playing different sports. My favourite part of each
day, though, is when I get some free time to sit and
Kate: I read every day! I enjoy reading legends about relax with a book. Reading exciting and interesting
Kings and Queens from history, they are very stories is a lot of fun!
interesting. But, I love reading fictional stories about
aliens in outer space and spaceships! They are so
exciting!
Sally: I like reading non-fiction like the articles in the
newspaper every day! However, my favourite stories
are fiction. I like to read happy stories about magical
people and creatures. Sometimes they are very funny!

6 Progress Check
Exercise 9 (p. 113)
Nick: I do lots of activities during my free time. I like
going out and during my holidays I go camping in
the countryside. My favourite things to do, though is
play football, basketball and tennis!
Sally: I like going out in my free time. I go into the city.
There is a lot to do there, some people go to the art
gallery or the museum, but I prefer going to the shops.
I like buying clothes, CDs and DVDs.

SA4
14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio.qxp_14 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Audio 10/4/17 11:51 AM Page 250
15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 251

Evaluations
15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 252

Formative Evaluation Chart

Name of game/activity: ..................................................................................................................


Aim of game/activity: .....................................................................................................................
Module: ................................................ Unit: ................................ Course: .................................

Students names: Mark and comments


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

E1 Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 253

Cumulative Evaluation
Students Self Assessment Forms

CODE

**** Excellent *** Very Good ** OK * Not Very Good

Students Self Assessment Form Module 1


Go through Module 1 and find examples of the following. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
talk about countries and nationalities
.........................................................................................................................................
read for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
present yourself and your e-friend
.........................................................................................................................................
role play a dialogue asking for & giving personal information
.........................................................................................................................................
learn intonation in wh- questions
.........................................................................................................................................
listen and read for gist
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about landmarks
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
present a country of the UK
.........................................................................................................................................
present landmarks
.........................................................................................................................................

Go through the corrected writing tasks. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
write a profile about yourself and your e-friend
.........................................................................................................................................
write a blog entry about a landmark
.........................................................................................................................................
draw a map of Romania
.........................................................................................................................................
prepare a poster of famous Romanian landmarks
.........................................................................................................................................

Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE E2


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 254

CODE

**** Excellent *** Very Good ** OK * Not Very Good

Students Self Assessment Form Module 2


Go through Module 2 and find examples of the following. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
read for gist
.........................................................................................................................................
read for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
present the British Royal Family
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for key information
.........................................................................................................................................
describe yourself and one of your family members
.........................................................................................................................................
role play a dialogue describing a family member
.........................................................................................................................................
pronounce /S/, /s/
.........................................................................................................................................
read for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
present a superhero
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for detail
.........................................................................................................................................
present a type of animal
.........................................................................................................................................
present a family tree
.........................................................................................................................................

Go through the corrected writing tasks. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
write a blog post about your family
.........................................................................................................................................
make a poster of your favourite cartoon characters
.........................................................................................................................................
create a poster of various types of animals
.........................................................................................................................................
create a family tree
.........................................................................................................................................
draw your family tree
.........................................................................................................................................

E3 Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 255

CODE

**** Excellent *** Very Good ** OK * Not Very Good

Students Self Assessment Form Module 3


Go through Module 3 and find examples of the following. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
talk about furniture & appliances
.........................................................................................................................................
listen and read for gist
.........................................................................................................................................
read for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
compare houses
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about public places near your house
.........................................................................................................................................
role play a dialogue describing your home
.........................................................................................................................................
pronounce /A/, /O/
.........................................................................................................................................
read for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
present British homes
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for specific information .........................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
present your dream house
.........................................................................................................................................

Go through the corrected writing tasks. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
write an email about your house
.........................................................................................................................................
prepare a poster about types of house in your country
.........................................................................................................................................
write a short message about your house
.........................................................................................................................................
draw a map to scale of your bedroom
.........................................................................................................................................
create your dream house
.........................................................................................................................................

Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE E4


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 256

CODE

**** Excellent *** Very Good ** OK * Not Very Good

Students Self Assessment Form Module 4


Go through Module 4 and find examples of the following. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
talk about a daily routine
.........................................................................................................................................
listen and read for gist
.........................................................................................................................................
read for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about sbs daily routine
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about free-time activities
.........................................................................................................................................
role play a dialogue asking for/giving directions
.........................................................................................................................................
pronounce /T/, /D/
.........................................................................................................................................
read for key information
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about Gareth Bale
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about school rules
.........................................................................................................................................
present a sportsperson
.........................................................................................................................................

Go through the corrected writing tasks. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
write an e-message about a daily routine
.........................................................................................................................................

E5 Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 257

CODE

**** Excellent *** Very Good ** OK * Not Very Good

Students Self Assessment Form Module 5


Go through Module 5 and find examples of the following. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
express likes/dislikes relating to food & drinks
.........................................................................................................................................
read for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about celebrations
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about food preparation & cooking tools
.........................................................................................................................................
role play a dialogue giving instructions
.........................................................................................................................................
learn intonation in stressed syllables
.........................................................................................................................................
listen and read for gist
.........................................................................................................................................
read for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about street food
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for specific information
.........................................................................................................................................
read for key information
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about healthy foods
.........................................................................................................................................
present healthy/unhealthy eating habits
.........................................................................................................................................

Go through the corrected writing tasks. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
write an invitation
.........................................................................................................................................
write a blog entry about street food in your country
.........................................................................................................................................
create a poster of traditional dishes in your country
.........................................................................................................................................
create a poster about healthy eating
.........................................................................................................................................
prepare a quiz about food likes/dislikes
.........................................................................................................................................

Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE E6


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 258

CODE

**** Excellent *** Very Good ** OK * Not Very Good

Students Self Assessment Form Module 6


Go through Module 6 and find examples of the following. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
talk about seasonal activities
.........................................................................................................................................
listen and read for gist
.........................................................................................................................................
read for key information
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about the weather
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about festivals
.........................................................................................................................................
describe peoples clothes
.........................................................................................................................................
act out a dialogue relating to shopping
.........................................................................................................................................
learn intonation in exclamations
.........................................................................................................................................
read for key information
.........................................................................................................................................
present Narnia
.........................................................................................................................................
talk about types of books
.........................................................................................................................................
listen for key information
.........................................................................................................................................
explain how to print a lot of photos from an email at once
.........................................................................................................................................
present a calendar of annual celebrations in Romania
.........................................................................................................................................

Go through the corrected writing tasks. Use the code to evaluate yourself.
write an instant message about a festival
.........................................................................................................................................
write a thank-you message
.........................................................................................................................................
create a poster of photos from a holiday
.........................................................................................................................................
create a calendar of annual celebrations
.........................................................................................................................................

E7 Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 259

Progress Report Cards

Progress Report Card


.............................................................. (name) can: Module 1

very well OK not very well

talk about countries & nationalities

read for specific information

listen for specific information

present myself and my e-friend

role play a dialogue asking for & giving personal


information

learn intonation in wh- questions

listen and read for gist

talk about landmarks

listen for specific information

present a country of the UK

present landmarks

write a profile about myself and my e-friend

write a blog entry about a landmark

draw a map of Romania

prepare a poster of famous Romanian landmarks

Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE E8


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:52 AM Page 260

Progress Report Card


.............................................................. (name) can: Module 2

very well OK not very well

read for gist

read for specific information

present the British Royal Family

listen for key information

describe myself and one of my family members

role play a dialogue describing a family member

pronounce /S/, /s/

read for specific information

present a superhero

listen for detail

present a type of animal

present a family tree

write a blog post about my family

make a poster of my favourite cartoon characters

create a poster of various types of animals

create a family tree

draw my family tree

E9 Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:53 AM Page 261

Progress Report Card


.............................................................. (name) can: Module 3

very well OK not very well

talk about furniture & appliances

listen and read for gist

read for specific information

compare houses

talk about public places near my house

role play a dialogue describing my home

pronounce /A/, /O/

read for specific information

present British homes

listen for specific information

present my dream house

write an email about my house

prepare a poster about types of houses in my country

write a short message about my house

draw a map to scale of my bedroom

create my dream house

Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE E10


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:53 AM Page 262

Progress Report Card


.............................................................. (name) can: Module 4
very well OK not very well

talk about a daily routine

listen and read for gist

read for specific information

listen for specific information

talk about sbs daily routine

talk about free-time activities

role play a dialogue asking for/giving directions

pronounce /T/, /D/

read for key information

talk about Gareth Bale

listen for specific information

talk about school rules

present a sportsperson

write an e-message about a daily routine

E11 Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:53 AM Page 263

Progress Report Card


.............................................................. (name) can: Module 5

very well OK not very well

express likes/dislikes relating to food & drinks

read for specific information

talk about celebrations

talk about food preparation & cooking tools

role play a dialogue giving instructions

learn intonation in stressed syllables

listen and read for gist

read for specific information

talk about street food

listen for specific information

read for key information

talk about healthy foods

present healthy/unhealthy eating habits

write an invitation

write a blog entry about street food in my country

create a poster of traditional dishes in my country

create a poster about healthy eating

prepare a quiz about food likes/dislikes

Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE E12


15 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts Evaluations.qxp_ROM grade 5 Adv Ts Evaluations 10/4/17 11:53 AM Page 264

Progress Report Card


.............................................................. (name) can: Module 6

very well OK not very well

talk about seasonal activities

listen and read for gist

read for key information

talk about the weather

talk about festivals

describe peoples clothes

act out a dialogue relating to shopping

learn intonation in exclamations

read for key information

present Narnia

talk about types of books

listen for key information

explain how to print a lot of photos from an email at


once

present a calendar of annual celebrations in Romania

write an instant message about a festival

write a thank-you message

create a poster of photos from a holiday

create a calendar of annual celebrations

E13 Express Publishing PHOTOCOPIABLE


16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key.qxp_16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key 10/4/17 11:53 AM Page 265

Workbook Key
Welcome back (pp. 4-17) 11 1 Maths 5 History
1 1 Good morning. 4 Goodbye/Bye. 2 Art 6 Music
2 Good afternoon. 5 Good evening. 3 Geography 7 PE
3 Hi/Hello. 6 Good night. 4 Science 8 English

2 1 Hello 12 1 an 3 an 5 a 7 a
2 This is Peter 2 a 4 a 6 an 8 an
3 Nice to meet you
4 Goodbye/Bye 13 2 The schoolbag is purple.
3 The glue stick is blue.
3 1 talk 3 Come 4 The sharpener is blue.
2 Open 4 Write

4 2 Talk, please. Module 1 Hello!


3 Dont raise your hand, please. 1a Reading (p. 8)
4 Stand up, please.
1 1 Australian 4 American
2 South Africa 5 the UK
5 1 Whats your name?
3 the USA 6 British
2 And your surname?
3 How do you spell it?
2 2 Zach, Hes from Australia. Hes Australian.
3 Megan from, Shes from South Africa. Shes
6 1 We 4 She
South African.
2 He 5 It
4 is Luke from, Hes from the USA. Hes American.
3 I 6 They
5 Where is Julia from, Shes from the UK. Shes
British.
7 1 am 4 are
2 is 5 are
1b Grammar (p. 9)
3 is 6 is
1 1 her 2 Its 3 I, your 4 my, His
8 1 e 4 b
2 f 5 d 2 1 Its 2 His 3 your 4 my
3 c 6 a
3 1 b 2 c 3 a
9 1 forty-two 4 sixty-one
2 ninety 5 fifty 4 1 your 2 their 3 our 4 your
3 thirty-two 6 eighty-three
1c Vocabulary (p. 10)
10 1 sketch with big hand on 4 and little hand just 1 A WINTER C SUMMER
after 6 B SPRING D AUTUMN
2 sketch with big hand on 1 and little hand just
past 1 1 January 5 July
3 sketch with big hand on 6 and little hand 2 February 6 August
halfway between 11 and 12 3 March 7 September
4 sketch with big hand on 12 and little hand on 3 4 May 8 October
5 sketch with big hand on 8 and little hand just
before 4 2 a) 1 10th September
6 sketch with big hand on 10 and little hand just 2 eleven/11
before 9 3 14th June
4 thirteen/13
WK1
16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key.qxp_16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key 10/4/17 11:53 AM Page 266

Workbook Key
b) 1 How old, c Module 2 Family ties
2 When, a 2a Reading (p. 14)
3 When, d
4 How old, b 1 1 grandfather 8 aunt
2 grandmother 9 husband
1d Everyday English (p. 11) 3 father/dad 10 uncle
4 aunt 11 sons
1 1 c 2 a 3 d 4 b 5 mother/mum 12 daughter
6 brother 13 cousins
2 1 How old are you 7 sister
2 Whats your name
3 Where are you from 2 2 rabbit
3 a parrot
3 1 Whats your name? 4 have got a goldfish
2 Where are you from? 5 has got a cat
3 How old are you?
2b Grammar (p. 15)
1e Grammar (p. 12)
1 1 has 2 have 3 has
1 1 isnt 3 arent
2 m not 4 arent 2 1 have got 3 has got
2 has got 4 have got
2 1 Sams favourite subject isnt History.
2 You arent Brazilian. 3 1 She hasnt got three sons.
3 Im not twelve years old. 2 Harry and Gary havent got cats.
3 Paula hasnt got a husband.
3 1 Are, b 3 Are, a 4 Sebastian and I havent got children.
2 Is, d 4 Is, c
4 1 s 2 of the 3 s 4 5 s
4 1 Is your name Maria? Yes it is./No it isnt.
2 Are you from Portugal? Yes I am./No Im not. 2c Vocabulary (p. 16)
3 Is your birthday in May? Yes it is./No it isnt.
4 Are your parents Brazilian? Yes they are./No 1 1 short 4 thin 7 old
they arent. 2 thin 5 tall 8 short
3 tall 6 fat 9 fat
1f Across Cultures (p. 13)
2 a) A P O L I T E M
1 1 c 2 b 3 a
B G I C H R F A
Y E M L E I F D
2 1 R 2 W 3 W
F R I E N D L Y
3 1 The Space Needle is 185 metres tall. U H R V A O O N
2 The Shard is over five years old. N U C E V T S I
3 The Shard is 310 metres tall. N A L R O D Y W
Y K O T K I N D
polite, clever, friendly, funny, kind

b) 1 My brother is clever.
2 My grandma is kind.
3 My best friend is funny.
WK2
16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key.qxp_16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key 10/4/17 11:53 AM Page 267

Workbook Key
2d Everyday English (p. 17) Module 3 Home, ... sweet home
1 1 b 2 c 3 d 4 a 3a Reading (p. 20)
1 1 childs bedroom 4 kitchen
2 1 How old is he? 2 bathroom 5 living room
2 How are you? 3 parents bedroom
3 Wheres he from?
4 Whos that? 2 a 1 d 3, 4 g 1 j 2
b 5 e 5 h 1, 5 k 2
3 1 How are you? c 1, 3 f 2 i 1 l 1, 3, 5
2 Whos that?
3 Wheres he from? 3b Grammar (p. 21)
4 How old is he?
1 1 There is 3 There is
2e Grammar (p. 18) 2 There are 4 There are

1 1 c 2 d 3 b 4 a 2 1 There arent (any) curtains in the kitchen.


2 There isnt a TV in the living room.
2 1 Have you got a pet/cat? 3 There isnt a car in the garage.
2 Has Jacob got a pet? 4 There arent two toilets in the bathroom.
3 Has Karen got a brother?
4 Have they got an aunt? 3 1 above 4 near
2 under 5 behind
3 1 oranges 5 watches 3 in front of
2 foxes 6 tomatoes
3 teeth 7 trays 4 1 in front of 3 in 5 near
4 lives 8 people 2 behind 4 on

4 2 The trees have got leaves. 3c Vocabulary (p. 22)


3 The women have got babies.
4 The girls have got dogs. 1 1 park 4 gym
2 hospital 5 library
2f Across Cultures (p. 19) 3 supermarket 6 cinema

1 1 c 2 a 3 b 2 1 Wi-Fi 4 pull
2 No-Smoking 5 closed
2 1 W 2 R 3 W 3 push 6 open

3 1 Scarlet Witchs real name is Wanda Maximoff. 3d Everyday English (p.23)


2 Scarlet Witch has got red hair.
3 Quicksilvers wife is Crystal. 1 1 b 2 a 3 d 4 c
4 Quicksilvers outfit is silver.
2 1 Is your house big?
4 1 can, cant 3 cant, can 2 Is there a garage?
2 cant, can 4 can, cant 3 Whys that?
4 Is your room big?

3 1 Is your house big?


2 Is your room big?
3 Is there a garage?
4 Whys that?
WK3
16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key.qxp_16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key 10/4/17 11:54 AM Page 268

Workbook Key
3e Grammar (p. 24) 2 1 get 5 do
2 have 6 chat
1 1 a 2 any 3 some 4 an
3 go 7 go
4 come
2 1 some 2 an 3 a 4 any

4b Grammar (p. 27)


3 1 Is there, there is
2 Are there, Yes, there are 1 1 catches 4 buys
3 Is there, Yes, there is 2 cries 5 wears
4 Are there, Yes, there are 3 finishes 6 goes

4 2 Is there a kitchen upstairs? 2 1 brushes 3 has


3 Are there any lamps in the living room? 2 do 4 go
4 Are there any posters in your bedroom?
3 1 doesnt play 6 doesnt chat
3f Across Cultures (p. 25) 2 dont have 7 dont like
3 dont read 8 doesnt drive
1 1 c 2 a 3 b
4 doesnt listen 9 doesnt go
5 dont have 10 doesnt have
2 1 R 2 W 3 W

4 1 on 2 in 3 at 4 in
3 1 Canal boats are long, thin boats.
2 Darrens bed in under the sofa.
4c Vocabulary (p. 28)
3 There is a cooker in the kitchen.
4 Darrens house is small but it is quiet and 1 1 c 2 d 3 a 4 e 5 f 6 b
beautiful.
2 1 go 2 watch 3 do 4 go 5 go
4 1 What colour is Darrens house?
2 What is the name of Darrens house? 3 A B O A R D G A M E S G E
3 Is Darrens house big? W S E R D A P U Z Z L E S
H C B Y I B L K S A I K A
S K A T E B O A R D I N G
Module 4 Every day
M O P U W Z L W S T I O N
4a Reading (p. 26)
A O Y K H L A W L L P U T
1 a) 2 have 4 chat 6 have 8 go
L L C H A T O N L I N E U
3 go 5 do 7 come 9 have
L A S U P E R N A R N E T

b) Morning I B O A R D G A G E S G R

2 have breakfast A M U S E M E N T P A R K
3 go to school
Afternoon 1 BOARD GAMES
1 have lunch 2 PUZZLES
2 come back home 3 SKATEBOARDING
3 do homework 4 CHAT ONLINE
5 AMUSEMENT PARK
Evening 6 BOWLING
1 have dinner 7 MALL
2 chat online
3 go to bed

WK4
16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key.qxp_16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key 10/4/17 11:54 AM Page 269

Workbook Key
4d Everyday English (p. 29) Module 5 All about food
1 1 out of 3 across 5 along 5a Reading (p. 32)
2 over 4 out of 1 E B U T E A L I E F
C U C U M B E R C R
2 1 b 2 a 3 d 4 c
R T R Y N I T Y A U
3 1 Where is Classroom 6C? O T H E S S T C R I
2 Can you repeat that again? M E A T A C U O R T
3 Thank you. A R T I L U C F O J
M I L K T I E F T U
4e Grammar (p. 30) O T O M A T O E G I
1 1 never 3 always L I R F I S H E B C
2 usually 4 sometimes C H I C K E N D A E

2 1 I always get up at 7 am. 2 1 John and I dont like eating pasta very much.
2 Fran sometimes chats online. 2 Scott and I hate eating eggs.
3 Neil usually plays video games. 3 Jane loves eating carrots.
4 John and Mark never have breakfast. 4 Naty and I really like drinking tea.
5 I dont like eating cheese very much.
3 1 Do, do 5 Do, do
2 Do, do 6 Does, does 5b Grammar (p. 33)
3 Do, dont 7 Does, does
4 doesnt 8 Do, dont 1 1 some 5 a
2 a 6 any
4f Across Cultures (p. 31) 3 any 7 some
4 an
1 1 c 2 a 3 b
2 1 aC 3 some U 5 some U
2 1 R 2 W 3 R 2 an C 4 aC

3 1 His birthday is on 23rd March. 3 1 f 3 d 5 c


2 He holds British records for the 1,500 m, the 2 a 4 b 6 e
5,000 m and the 10,000 m.
3 He has dinner at 8 pm. 5c Vocabulary (p. 34)
4 He has got 4 children.
1 1 Beat 4 Slice
2 Chop 5 Grate
3 Peel 6 Mix

2 a) 1 WHISK 5 BOWL
2 CAKE TIN 6 GRATER
3 SPOON 7 FRYING PAN
4 SAUCEPAN 8 KNIFE

b) 1 cake tin 4 saucepan


2 frying pan 5 whisk
3 knife

WK5
16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key.qxp_16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key 10/4/17 11:54 AM Page 270

Workbook Key
5d Everyday English (p.35) 2 1 raining 3 hot
2 cold 4 snowing
1 1 d 2 a 3 b 4 c

6b Grammar (p. 39)


2 1 How long do you bake it for?
2 Is it easy to make? 1 1 C 2 B 3 A 4 C
3 And then?
4 Wow, it sounds so simple! 2 1 are taking 3 is going
5 How much cheese do you need? 2 are visiting 4 am swimming

3 1 Is it easy to make? 3 1 Patrick isnt playing basketball.


2 How much cheese do I need? 2 Mary isnt doing her homework.
3 And then? 3 The girls arent reading.
4 How long do you bake it for? 4 Mrs Reed isnt visiting the market.
5 Wow, it sounds so simple! 5 My dog isnt sleeping.

5e Grammar (p. 36) 4 1 I amnt going shopping. (am not)


2 You isnt playing tennis. (arent)
1 1 How much 4 a little
3 Hilary arent going camping. (isnt)
2 very few 5 very little
4 Chris isnt make a snowman. (making)
3 How many
5 I isnt eating fish. (am not)
2 1 B 2 A 3 A 4 B
6c Vocabulary (p. 40)
3 1 can 3 Can 5 can 1 1 cap 7 shorts
2 cant 4 cant 2 socks 8 gloves
3 shoes 9 jacket
4 1 May 4 skirt 10 trainers
2 May, may 5 jumper 11 dress
3 May, may not 6 jeans 12 T-shirt

5f Across Cultures (p. 37) 2 Kate is wearing a jacket, jeans and shoes.
Gerard is wearing a cap, T-shirt, shorts and
1 1 b 2 c 3 a
trainers.
2 1 R 2 W 3 R
6d Everyday English (p. 41)
3 1 What are hamburgers? 1 1 c 2 d 3 b 4 a
2 What do customers put in their hamburgers?
3 What do vendors put on pizzas? 2 1 Good afternoon. What can I do for you?
4 Why do people like pizza? 2 How much is it?
3 Sure.
4 Goodbye.
Module 6 Lets have fun!
6a Reading (p. 38) 3 1 How much is it?
2 What about this mug?
1 1 make 3 play 5 take 3 Hello. What can I do for you?
2 visit 4 have 6 go
A 6 B 5 C 2 6e Grammar (p. 42)
D 3 E 4 F 1 1 1 b 2 d 3 a 4 c
WK6
16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key.qxp_16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key 10/4/17 11:54 AM Page 271

Workbook Key
2 1 are 3 is Fun Time 2 (p. 46)
2 isnt 4 m not 1 grandfather 12 a
2 b 13 parrot
3 2 Is Paula having a picnic in the park? Yes, she 3 dog 14
is. 4 aunt 15 b
3 Are they going skiing right now? Yes, they are. 5 has got 16 children
4 Is Henry playing tennis with his friends? No, he 6 a 17 daughter
isnt. 7 18 hasnt got
8 rabbit 19
4 1 You, Theirs 3 Mine 9 countries 20 a
2 My, Yours 4 Theirs, Ours 10 21 Have you got
11 husband
6f Across Cultures (p. 43)
1 1 c 2 a 3 b Song (p. 47)
2 C
2 1 W 2 R 3 W
Fun Time 3 (p. 48)
3 1 Kim and her parents are going on a tour of 1 sofa 14 detached
Pico do Arieiro. 2 cottage 15 any
2 Ivana is staying in a small hotel near a lake. 3 door 16 wall
3 Ivana is excited to go on the boat tour 4 library 17 Is
because she loves being on the water. 5 arent 18 wardrobe
6 Are 19 Are there
7 is 20 arent
Fun Time / Song 8 some 21 supermarket
Fun Time 1 (p. 44 ) 9 cooker 22 balcony
1 Canada 11 India 10 are 23 Suggested Answer:
2 c 12 British 11 window kitchen, bathroom,
3 spring/summer 13 autumn 12 park bedroom
4 How old are you? 14 13 fridge
5 15 Australia
6 March, April, May 16 c Song (p. 49)
7 South Africa 17 My birthday is on . 1 a) 1 sweet 4 TV
8 Portuguese 18 2 welcome 5 castle
9 winter 19 b 3 desk
10 20 January, June, July
2 Suggested Answer: My home is small, cosy and
Song (p. 45) full of love.
2 C
Fun Time 4 (p. 50)
1 watch TV, chat online, play video games
2 has
3 Suggested Answer: My dad is a doctor/teacher/
nurse etc.
4 Waitresses work in restaurants.
5 Doctors and nurses work in a hospital.
6

WK7
16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key.qxp_16 ROM grade 5 L1 Ts WB Key 10/4/17 11:54 AM Page 272

Workbook Key
7 Teacher, DJ, nurse, chef Fun Time 6 (p. 54)
8 Id love to 1 In picture A, Paul is sleeping. In picture B, he is
9 Suggested Answer: shop, school, restaurant, reading a book.
hospital, dance club, etc In picture A, Jane is talking on her mobile
10 Suggested Answer: I always brush my teeth in phone. In picture B, she is talking to Bob.
the morning. In picture A, Bob is cooking burgers on a BBQ
11 walk/go and wearing an apron. In picture B, he is
12 talking to Jane and he isnt wearing an apron.
13 Suggested Answer: I never go to bed late. In picture A, Mark is playing the guitar. In
14 Suggested Answer: I do my homework, watch TV, picture B, he is playing football.
eat dinner, go to bed, etc In picture A, Betty is eating an ice cream. In
15 picture B, Betty is eating a sandwich at the
16 I cant make it. table on an extra chair.
17 at, in, on In picture A, Sue and Anna are eating
18 A shop assistant works in a shop. sandwiches at the table. In picture B, they are
19 Suggested Answer: I get up, have a shower, standing up and eating a bowl of chips.
brush my teeth, have breakfast etc In picture A, there isnt a tree behind Jane. In
20 picture B, there is a tree behind Jane.
21 Can we meet this afternoon? In picture A, the table is small and there are
22 Suggested Answer: Be quiet in class, dont cheat only 3 chairs. In picture B, the table is big and
on tests, dont use a mobile phone at school, etc there are 4 chairs.
In picture A there are burgers on the BBQ. In
Song (p. 51) picture B, there arent any burgers on the BBQ.
1 routine 4 weekend Song (p. 55)
2 day 5 rest 1 1 raining 4 sandy
3 lessons 6 play 2 shopping 5 snowy
3 weekends 6 cold
Fun Time 5 (p. 52 )
1 bowl 16 Does Elen need 2 The first picture of the boy with the umbrella in the
2 cheese 17 rain matches to the second verse of the song.
3 Do they drink 18 doesnt eat The second picture of the children in the sandy
4 strawberries 19 eggs beach matches to the third verse of the song.
5 20 fruit juice The third picture of people playing in the snow
6 Grate 21 eating matches to the fourth verse of the song.
7 22
8 tomatoes 23 doesnt like
9 lettuce 24 cake
10 milk 25 saucepan
11 baking 26 Slice
12 27
13 dont know 28 drinking
14 cucumbers 29 knife
15 Peel 30 Do you and Ed want

Song (p. 53)


1 1 food 4 Ingredients
2 beat 5 meat
3 steam 6 pies
WK8
Romania _Limba 1_cover Ts.qxp_Layout 1 10/4/17 1:29 PM Page 2

Acest manual este proprietatea Ministerului Educaiei Naionale.


Published by Express Publishing
Acest proiect de manual colar este realizat in conformitate cu Programa colar aprobat prin OM Nr. 3393
din 28.02.2017. Liberty House, Greenham Business Park, Newbury,
Berkshire RG19 6HW, United Kingdom
Tel.: (0044) 1635 817 363
Manualul este distribuit elevilor n mod gratuit, att n format tiprit, ct i n format digital, i este
Fax: (0044) 1635 817 463
transmisibil timp de patru ani colari, ncepnd cu anul colar 2017 - 2018.
email: inquiries@expresspublishing.co.uk
www.expresspublishing.co.uk
Inspectoratul colar ..............................................................................................................................................................................
coala / Colegiul / Liceul .....................................................................................................................................................................
Jenny Dooley, 2017

Design and Illustration Express Publishing, 2017


ACEST MANUAL A FOST FOLOSIT:
Colour Illustrations: Angela, Victor, Kyr Express Publishing, 2017
Aspectul manualului*
Numele Music Arrangements by Taz Express Publishing, 2017
Anul Clasa Anul colar format tiprit format digital
elevului
la primire la predare la primire la predare
First published 2017
1
2 Made in EU

3
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any
4 form, or by any means, electronic, photocopying, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publishers.

This book is not meant to be changed in any way.


* Pentru precizarea aspectului manualului se va folosi unul dintre urmtorii termeni: nou, bun, ngrijit, nengrijit,
deteriorat.
ISBN 978-1-4715-6676-9
Cadrele didactice vor verifica dac informaiile nscrise n tabelul de mai sus sunt corecte.
Elevii nu vor face niciun fel de nsemnri pe manual.

Refereni tiinifici:
Prof. gr. 1 Tolea Magdalena Ecaterina
Confereniar limba englez Popescu Liliana

116.111 numrul de telefon european de asisten pentru copii


Romania _Limba 1_cover Ts.qxp_Layout 1 10/4/17 1:29 PM Page 1

Limba modern 1 Limba englez Clasa a V-a


This is a challenging course for todays learners of English for
Grade 5, L1. The course provides a variety of stimulating
topics and rich texts presented in themed modules. It is
accompanied by a wide range of fully interactive digital Jenny Dooley
components and rich video material closely linked to the
theme of each module. Teachers Book

Teachers Book
Components
Students Book
Workbook
Teachers Book
Class CDs

Jenny Dooley
Digital Book

ISBN 978-1-4715-6676-9

Uniscan Grup Educaional

S-ar putea să vă placă și